utils.c (unchecked_convert): Use local variables for the biased and reverse SSO attri...
[gcc.git] / gcc / varasm.c
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1987-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GCC.
5
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22 *except* the instructions of a function.
23 This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24
25 We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26 and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
27
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "stringpool.h"
55 #include "attribs.h"
56 #include "asan.h"
57 #include "rtl-iter.h"
58 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
59
60 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
61 #include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data declarations. */
62 #endif
63
64 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
65 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
66 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
67
68 const char *first_global_object_name;
69 const char *weak_global_object_name;
70
71 struct addr_const;
72 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
73 struct rtx_constant_pool;
74
75 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
76
77 /* Number for making the label on the next
78 constant that is stored in memory. */
79
80 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
81
82 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
83 to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
84
85 int size_directive_output;
86
87 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
88 if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
89 If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
90 this holds 0. */
91
92 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
93
94 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
95 in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
96
97 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
98
99 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack. */
100
101 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
102
103 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
104 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
106 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
107 #endif
108 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
109 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
110 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
111 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
112 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
114 unsigned int, bool, bool);
115 static void globalize_decl (tree);
116 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
117 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
118 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
119 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
120 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
121 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
122 #endif
123 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
124 static void mark_weak (tree);
125 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
126 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
127 \f
128 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
129 section *text_section;
130 section *data_section;
131 section *readonly_data_section;
132 section *sdata_section;
133 section *ctors_section;
134 section *dtors_section;
135 section *bss_section;
136 section *sbss_section;
137
138 /* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
139 section *tls_comm_section;
140 section *comm_section;
141 section *lcomm_section;
142
143 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
144 May be null. */
145 section *bss_noswitch_section;
146
147 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
148 is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
149 switch_to_exception_section. */
150 section *exception_section;
151
152 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
153 The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
154 first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
155 section *eh_frame_section;
156
157 /* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
158 been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
159 section *in_section;
160
161 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
162 at the cold section. */
163 bool in_cold_section_p;
164
165 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
166 cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
167 and there was actually code that went into the cold section. A
168 pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
169 debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
170 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
171
172 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
173 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
174
175 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
176 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
177 (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
178
179 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
180 {
181 typedef const char *compare_type;
182
183 static hashval_t hash (section *);
184 static bool equal (section *, const char *);
185 };
186
187 /* Hash table of named sections. */
188 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
189
190 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
191 {
192 typedef const section *compare_type;
193
194 static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
195 static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
196 };
197
198 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
199 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
200
201 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
202 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
203
204 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
205 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
206
207 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
208
209 bool
210 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
211 {
212 return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
213 }
214
215 hashval_t
216 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
217 {
218 return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
219 }
220
221 /* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
222
223 static hashval_t
224 hash_section (section *sect)
225 {
226 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
227 return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
228 return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
229 }
230
231 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
232
233 inline bool
234 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
235 {
236 return old->sect == new_section;
237 }
238
239 hashval_t
240 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
241 {
242 return hash_section (old->sect);
243 }
244
245 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
246
247 section *
248 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
249 const void *data)
250 {
251 section *sect;
252
253 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
254 sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
255 sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
256 sect->unnamed.data = data;
257 sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
258
259 unnamed_sections = sect;
260 return sect;
261 }
262
263 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
264
265 static section *
266 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
267 {
268 section *sect;
269
270 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
271 sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
272 sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
273
274 return sect;
275 }
276
277 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
278 a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
279
280 section *
281 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
282 {
283 section *sect, **slot;
284
285 slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
286 INSERT);
287 flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
288 if (*slot == NULL)
289 {
290 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
291 sect->named.common.flags = flags;
292 sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
293 sect->named.decl = decl;
294 *slot = sect;
295 }
296 else
297 {
298 sect = *slot;
299 /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
300 the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
301 of default_section_type_flags, below). */
302 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
303 && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
304 & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
305 | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
306 {
307 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
308 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309 }
310 if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
311 && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
312 {
313 /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
314 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
315 flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
316 section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
317 In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
318 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
319 relocations. */
320 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
321 == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
322 && (sect->common.flags
323 & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
324 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
326 || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
327 {
328 sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
329 return sect;
330 }
331 /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
332 if (sect->named.decl != NULL
333 && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
334 && decl != sect->named.decl)
335 {
336 if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
337 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
338 decl, sect->named.decl);
339 else
340 error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
341 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
342 "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
343 }
344 else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
345 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
346 else
347 error ("section type conflict");
348 /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times. */
349 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
350 }
351 }
352 return sect;
353 }
354
355 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
356 objects grouped into blocks. */
357
358 static bool
359 use_object_blocks_p (void)
360 {
361 return flag_section_anchors;
362 }
363
364 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
365 structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
366 itself is null. */
367
368 static struct object_block *
369 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
370 {
371 struct object_block *block;
372
373 if (sect == NULL)
374 return NULL;
375
376 object_block **slot
377 = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
378 INSERT);
379 block = *slot;
380 if (block == NULL)
381 {
382 block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
383 block->sect = sect;
384 *slot = block;
385 }
386 return block;
387 }
388
389 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
390 OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
391 is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
392
393 static rtx
394 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
395 HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
396 {
397 rtx symbol;
398 unsigned int size;
399
400 /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
401 size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
402 symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
403
404 /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
405 memset (symbol, 0, size);
406 PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
407 PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
408 XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
409 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
410
411 /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
412 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
413 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
414
415 return symbol;
416 }
417
418 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
419 flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
420 is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
421 DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
422 (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
423 section_type_flags. */
424
425 section *
426 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
427 {
428 unsigned int flags;
429
430 if (name == NULL)
431 {
432 gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
433 name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
434 }
435
436 flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
437 return get_section (name, flags, decl);
438 }
439
440 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section. */
441
442 static bool
443 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
444 {
445 n->implicit_section = true;
446 return false;
447 }
448
449 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
450
451 void
452 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
453 int flag_function_or_data_sections)
454 {
455 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
456 && targetm_common.have_named_sections
457 && (flag_function_or_data_sections
458 || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
459 {
460 targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
461 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
462 symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
463 (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
464 }
465 }
466
467 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
468
469 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
470
471 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
472 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
473 ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
474 support is localized here. */
475
476 static void
477 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
478 const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
479 int align)
480 {
481 switch_to_section (bss_section);
482 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
483 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
484 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
485 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
486 #else
487 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
488 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
489 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
490 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
491 }
492
493 #endif
494
495 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
496
497 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
498 /* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
499 null DECLs. */
500
501 static section *
502 hot_function_section (tree decl)
503 {
504 if (decl != NULL_TREE
505 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
506 && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
507 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
508 else
509 return text_section;
510 }
511 #endif
512
513 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
514 is NULL.
515
516 When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
517 NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
518 concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
519 Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME". */
520
521 section *
522 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
523 const char *text_section_name,
524 const char *named_section_suffix)
525 {
526 if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
527 {
528 if (named_section_suffix)
529 {
530 const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
531 const char *stripped_name;
532 char *name, *buffer;
533
534 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
535 memcpy (name, dsn,
536 strlen (dsn) + 1);
537
538 stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
539
540 buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
541 return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
542 }
543 else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
544 {
545 const char *name;
546
547 /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions. This gets somewhat
548 slipperly. */
549 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
550 return NULL;
551 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
552 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
553 return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
554 name, NULL)), 0);
555 }
556 else
557 return NULL;
558 }
559 return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
560 }
561
562 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency. */
563
564 section *
565 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
566 bool startup, bool exit)
567 {
568 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
569 /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
570 results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected. */
571 if (decl
572 && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
573 return NULL;
574 #endif
575
576 if (!flag_reorder_functions
577 || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
578 return NULL;
579 /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
580 unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
581 where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors. */
582 if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
583 {
584 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
585 these ELF section. */
586 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
587 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
588 else
589 return NULL;
590 }
591
592 /* Similarly for exit. */
593 if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
594 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
595
596 /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code. */
597 switch (freq)
598 {
599 case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
600 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
601 case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
602 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
603 these ELF section. */
604 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
605 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
606 /* FALLTHRU */
607 default:
608 return NULL;
609 }
610 }
611
612 /* Return the section for function DECL.
613
614 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
615 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
616
617 If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
618 the frequency info of cgraph_node. */
619
620 static section *
621 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
622 {
623 section *section = NULL;
624 enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
625 bool startup = false, exit = false;
626
627 if (decl)
628 {
629 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
630
631 if (node)
632 {
633 freq = node->frequency;
634 startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
635 exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
636 }
637 }
638 if (force_cold)
639 freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
640
641 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
642 if (decl != NULL_TREE
643 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
644 {
645 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
646 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
647 startup, exit);
648 if (section)
649 return section;
650 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
651 }
652 else
653 return targetm.asm_out.select_section
654 (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
655 symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
656 #else
657 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
658 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
659 if (section)
660 return section;
661 return hot_function_section (decl);
662 #endif
663 }
664
665 /* Return the section for function DECL.
666
667 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
668 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
669
670 section *
671 function_section (tree decl)
672 {
673 /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
674 to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
675 despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
676 (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
677 better to live in hot subsection for the code locality). */
678 return function_section_1 (decl,
679 first_function_block_is_cold);
680 }
681
682 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
683 into account. */
684
685 section *
686 current_function_section (void)
687 {
688 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
689 }
690
691 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
692
693 section *
694 unlikely_text_section (void)
695 {
696 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
697 }
698
699 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
700 has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
701 When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
702 default cold section. */
703
704 bool
705 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
706 {
707 return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
708 }
709
710 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
711 into cold section, otherwise into the hot section). */
712
713 void
714 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
715 {
716 in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
717 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
718 }
719
720 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
721
722 section *
723 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
724 {
725 if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
726 {
727 const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
728
729 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
730 {
731 const char *dot;
732 size_t len;
733 char* rname;
734
735 dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
736 if (!dot)
737 dot = name;
738 len = strlen (dot) + 8;
739 rname = (char *) alloca (len);
740
741 strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
742 strcat (rname, dot);
743 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
744 }
745 /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
746 else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
747 && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
748 {
749 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
750 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
751
752 memcpy (rname, name, len);
753 rname[14] = 'r';
754 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
755 }
756 /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
757 else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
758 && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
759 {
760 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
761 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
762
763 memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
764 memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
765 return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
766 }
767 }
768
769 return readonly_data_section;
770 }
771
772 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
773 for targets where that section should be always the single
774 readonly data section. */
775
776 section *
777 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
778 {
779 return readonly_data_section;
780 }
781
782 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section. */
783
784 static const char *
785 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
786 {
787 section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
788 if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
789 return s->named.name;
790 else
791 return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
792 }
793
794 /* Return the section to use for string merging. */
795
796 static section *
797 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
798 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
799 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
800 {
801 HOST_WIDE_INT len;
802
803 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
804 && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
805 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
806 && align <= 256
807 && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
808 && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) == len)
809 {
810 scalar_int_mode mode;
811 unsigned int modesize;
812 const char *str;
813 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
814 int j, unit;
815 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
816 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
817
818 mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
819 modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
820 if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
821 && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
822 {
823 if (align < modesize)
824 align = modesize;
825
826 str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
827 unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
828
829 /* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
830 for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
831 {
832 for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
833 if (str[i + j] != '\0')
834 break;
835 if (j == unit)
836 break;
837 }
838 if (i == len - unit || (unit == 1 && i == len))
839 {
840 sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
841 modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
842 flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
843 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
844 }
845 }
846 }
847
848 return readonly_data_section;
849 }
850
851 /* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
852
853 section *
854 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
855 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
856 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
857 {
858 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
859 && mode != VOIDmode
860 && mode != BLKmode
861 && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
862 && align >= 8
863 && align <= 256
864 && (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
865 {
866 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
867 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
868
869 sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
870 flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
871 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
872 }
873 return readonly_data_section;
874 }
875 \f
876 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
877
878 static const char *
879 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
880 {
881 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
882 if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
883 name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
884 #endif
885 if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
886 name++;
887 return name;
888 }
889 \f
890 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
891 change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
892 it. */
893 void
894 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
895 {
896 char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
897 starred[0] = '*';
898 strcpy (starred + 1, name);
899 symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
900 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
901 }
902 \f
903 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
904 Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
905 or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
906 or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
907 or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
908 Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
909 Prefixes such as % are optional. */
910
911 int
912 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
913 {
914 /* Presume just one register is clobbered. */
915 *pnregs = 1;
916
917 if (asmspec != 0)
918 {
919 int i;
920
921 /* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
922 asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
923
924 /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
925 for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
926 if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
927 break;
928 if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
929 {
930 i = atoi (asmspec);
931 if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
932 return i;
933 else
934 return -2;
935 }
936
937 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
938 if (reg_names[i][0]
939 && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
940 return i;
941
942 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
943 {
944 static const struct
945 {
946 const char *const name;
947 const int number;
948 const int nregs;
949 } table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
950
951 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
952 if (table[i].name[0]
953 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
954 {
955 *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
956 return table[i].number;
957 }
958 }
959 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
960
961 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
962 {
963 static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
964 = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
965
966 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
967 if (table[i].name[0]
968 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
969 && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
970 return table[i].number;
971 }
972 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
973
974 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
975 return -4;
976
977 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
978 return -3;
979
980 return -2;
981 }
982
983 return -1;
984 }
985
986 int
987 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
988 {
989 int count;
990 return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
991 }
992
993 \f
994 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
995
996 bool
997 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
998 {
999 /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1000 a readonly section, except when NAMED is true. */
1001 return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1002 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1003 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1004 to mark offlined constructors. */
1005 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1006 && !in_lto_p)
1007 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1008 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1009 }
1010
1011 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1012 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
1013
1014 void
1015 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1016 {
1017 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1018
1019 /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1020 where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1021 figure out the proper alignment now. */
1022 if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1023 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1024 align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1025
1026 /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1027 In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
1028 if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1029 {
1030 error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1031 "file alignment %d", decl,
1032 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1033 align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1034 }
1035
1036 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1037 {
1038 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1039 unsigned int data_abi_align
1040 = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1041 /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1042 TLS variables. */
1043 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1044 align = data_abi_align;
1045 #endif
1046
1047 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1048 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1049 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1050 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1051 if the references to it must bind to the current definition. */
1052 if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1053 && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1054 {
1055 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1056 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1057 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1058 is too precious. */
1059 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1060 align = data_align;
1061 #endif
1062 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1063 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1064 to mark offlined constructors. */
1065 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1066 {
1067 unsigned int const_align
1068 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1069 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1070 space is too precious. */
1071 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1072 align = const_align;
1073 }
1074 }
1075 }
1076
1077 /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1078 from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
1079 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1080 }
1081
1082 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1083 beyond what align_variable returned. */
1084
1085 static unsigned int
1086 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1087 {
1088 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1089
1090 /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1091 everything. */
1092 if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1093 return align;
1094
1095 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1096 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1097 align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1098 #endif
1099
1100 /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1101 did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1102 of TLS variables. For other vars, increase the alignment here
1103 as an optimization. */
1104 if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1105 {
1106 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
1107 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1108 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1109 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1110 is too precious. */
1111 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1112 align = data_align;
1113 #endif
1114 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1115 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1116 to mark offlined constructors. */
1117 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1118 {
1119 unsigned int const_align
1120 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1121 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1122 is too precious. */
1123 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1124 align = const_align;
1125 }
1126 }
1127
1128 return align;
1129 }
1130
1131 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1132 should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1133 section should be used wherever possible. */
1134
1135 section *
1136 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1137 {
1138 addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1139 int reloc;
1140 varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1141 if (vnode)
1142 {
1143 vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1144 decl = vnode->decl;
1145 }
1146
1147 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1148 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1149
1150 /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag. */
1151 if (vnode)
1152 vnode->get_constructor ();
1153
1154 if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1155 {
1156 /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1157 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1158 be handled as such. */
1159 gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1160 && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1161 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1162 return tls_comm_section;
1163 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1164 return comm_section;
1165 }
1166
1167 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1168 reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1169 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1170 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1171 else
1172 reloc = 0;
1173
1174 resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1175 if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1176 {
1177 section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1178
1179 if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1180 && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1181 {
1182 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1183 "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1184 sect->named.name);
1185 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1186 }
1187 return sect;
1188 }
1189
1190 if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1191 && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1192 && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1193 && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1194 {
1195 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1196 && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1197 && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1198 return lcomm_section;
1199 if (bss_noswitch_section)
1200 return bss_noswitch_section;
1201 }
1202
1203 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1204 get_variable_align (decl));
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
1208
1209 static struct object_block *
1210 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1211 {
1212 section *sect;
1213
1214 if (VAR_P (decl))
1215 {
1216 /* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
1217 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1218 return NULL;
1219
1220 /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1221 isolated by definition. */
1222 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1223 return NULL;
1224 }
1225
1226 /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1227 constant size. */
1228 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1229 return NULL;
1230 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1231 return NULL;
1232
1233 /* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
1234 an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
1235 if (VAR_P (decl))
1236 align_variable (decl, 0);
1237 sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1238 if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1239 return NULL;
1240
1241 return get_block_for_section (sect);
1242 }
1243
1244 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
1245
1246 static void
1247 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1248 {
1249 if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1250 {
1251 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1252 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1253 }
1254 }
1255
1256 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
1257
1258 static bool
1259 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1260 {
1261 struct symtab_node *snode;
1262
1263 /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
1264 if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1265 return false;
1266
1267 /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1268 are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1269 for those. */
1270 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1271 return false;
1272
1273 /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1274 definition. */
1275 if (VAR_P (decl)
1276 && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1277 && snode->alias)
1278 return false;
1279
1280 return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1281 }
1282
1283 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1284 until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1285 Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1286 way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1287 followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1288 chain. */
1289
1290 static inline tree
1291 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1292 {
1293 tree target = *alias;
1294
1295 if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1296 {
1297 gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1298 target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1299 gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1300 && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1301 *alias = target;
1302 }
1303
1304 return target;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
1308 have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
1309 automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1310
1311 There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1312 explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1313
1314 This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
1315
1316 void
1317 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1318 {
1319 const char *name = 0;
1320 int reg_number;
1321 tree id;
1322 rtx x;
1323
1324 /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
1325 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1326 && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1327
1328 /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
1329 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1330 || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1331 || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1332 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1333 || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1334
1335 /* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
1336 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1337 && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1338
1339 /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1340 same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
1341 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1342 {
1343 /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
1344 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1345 if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1346 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1347
1348 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1349 return;
1350
1351 /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1352 table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1353 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1354 hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
1355
1356 /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1357 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1358 decl attribute overrides another. */
1359 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1360
1361 /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1362 on the new decl information. */
1363 if (MEM_P (x)
1364 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1365 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1366 change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1367
1368 return;
1369 }
1370
1371 /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1372 pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode. */
1373 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1374 {
1375 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1376 return;
1377 }
1378
1379 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1380 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1381
1382 if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1383 && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1384 {
1385 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1386 }
1387 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1388 {
1389 const char *asmspec = name+1;
1390 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1391 reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1392 /* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
1393 if (reg_number == -1)
1394 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1395 else if (reg_number < 0)
1396 error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1397 else if (mode == BLKmode)
1398 error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1399 decl);
1400 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1401 error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1402 " by the current target", decl);
1403 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1404 error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1405 " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1406 else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1407 error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1408 decl);
1409 /* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
1410 else
1411 {
1412 int nregs;
1413
1414 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1415 {
1416 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1417 error ("global register variable has initial value");
1418 }
1419 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1420 warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1421 "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1422 "writes to register variables");
1423
1424 /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1425 e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1426 confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
1427 somewhat suspect... */
1428
1429 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1430 ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1431 REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1432
1433 if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1434 {
1435 /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1436 else. */
1437 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1438 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1439 ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1440 #endif
1441 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1442 while (nregs > 0)
1443 globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1444 }
1445
1446 /* As a register variable, it has no section. */
1447 return;
1448 }
1449 /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1450 specifications. */
1451 SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1452 DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1453 /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1454 decl now. */
1455 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1456 return;
1457 }
1458 /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1459 Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
1460 else if (name[0] == '*')
1461 {
1462 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1463 if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1464 {
1465 reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1466 if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1467 error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1468 }
1469 #endif
1470 }
1471
1472 /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1473 non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
1474 /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1475 visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
1476 is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1477 we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
1478 if (VAR_P (decl)
1479 && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1480 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1481 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1482 && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1483 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1484
1485 /* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
1486 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1487 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1488
1489 if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1490 x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1491 else
1492 {
1493 machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1494 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1495 {
1496 addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1497 address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1498 }
1499 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1500 }
1501 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1502 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1503
1504 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1505 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1506 set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1507 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1508
1509 /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1510 such as that it is a function name.
1511 If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1512 will have to know how to strip this information. */
1513 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1514 }
1515
1516 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1517 calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1518 rtl. */
1519
1520 rtx
1521 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1522 {
1523 unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1524 rtx rtl;
1525
1526 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1527 return DECL_RTL (decl);
1528
1529 /* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1530 call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1531 we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1532 numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
1533 flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1534 new set. */
1535 save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1536 flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1537
1538 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1539 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1540 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
1541 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1542
1543 flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1544 return rtl;
1545 }
1546 \f
1547 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1548 for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
1549
1550 void
1551 assemble_asm (tree string)
1552 {
1553 const char *p;
1554 app_enable ();
1555
1556 if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1557 string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1558
1559 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1560 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
1564 void
1565 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1566 {
1567 switch_to_section (sec);
1568 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1569 assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1570 }
1571
1572 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1573 not) section for PRIORITY. */
1574 section *
1575 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1576 {
1577 /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1578 int plus the text below. */
1579 char buf[18];
1580
1581 /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
1582 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1583 constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1584 /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1585 order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1586 linker sorts in increasing order. */
1587 MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1588 return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1589 }
1590
1591 void
1592 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1593 {
1594 section *sec;
1595
1596 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1597 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1598 /*constructor_p=*/false);
1599 else
1600 sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1601
1602 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1603 }
1604
1605 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1606 void
1607 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1608 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1609 {
1610 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1611 }
1612 #endif
1613
1614 void
1615 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1616 {
1617 section *sec;
1618
1619 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1620 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1621 /*constructor_p=*/true);
1622 else
1623 sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1624
1625 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1626 }
1627
1628 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1629 void
1630 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1631 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1632 {
1633 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1634 }
1635 #endif
1636 \f
1637 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1638 a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1639 start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1640 after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
1641 start. */
1642
1643 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1644 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1645 #endif
1646
1647 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1648 to be output to assembler.
1649 Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
1650
1651 void
1652 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1653 {
1654 const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1655
1656 if (first_global_object_name
1657 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1658 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1659 || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1660 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1661 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1662 && (!VAR_P (decl)
1663 || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1664 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1665 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1666 return;
1667
1668 /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1669 symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
1670 if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1671 t = &weak_global_object_name;
1672
1673 if (!*t)
1674 {
1675 tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1676 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1677 *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1678 }
1679 }
1680
1681 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1682 current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1683 current_function_section during RTL expansion. DECL describes the
1684 function. */
1685
1686 void
1687 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1688 {
1689 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1690
1691 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1692 {
1693 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1694 /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1695 being accurate. */
1696 first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1697 && node->frequency
1698 == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1699 }
1700
1701 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1702 }
1703
1704 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be
1705 different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
1706 const char *
1707 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1708 {
1709 rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1710 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1711 x = XEXP (x, 0);
1712 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1713 return XSTR (x, 0);
1714 }
1715
1716 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1717 with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
1718 NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
1719 constant pool data. */
1720
1721 void
1722 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1723 {
1724 int align;
1725 char tmp_label[100];
1726 bool hot_label_written = false;
1727
1728 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1729 {
1730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1731 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1733 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1734 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1735 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1736 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1737 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1738 const_labelno++;
1739 cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1740 }
1741 else
1742 {
1743 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1744 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1745 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1746 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1747 }
1748
1749 /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
1750
1751 app_disable ();
1752
1753 if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1754 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1755
1756 align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1757
1758 /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1759 aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
1760 has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1761 the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
1762
1763 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1764 {
1765 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1766
1767 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1768 assemble_align (align);
1769 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1770
1771 /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1772 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1773 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
1774 if (!cfun->is_thunk
1775 && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1776 {
1777 switch_to_section (text_section);
1778 assemble_align (align);
1779 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1780 hot_label_written = true;
1781 first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1782 }
1783 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1784 }
1785
1786
1787 /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
1788
1789 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1790 if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1792
1793 /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
1794 align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1795 if (align > 0)
1796 {
1797 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1798 }
1799
1800 /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1801 Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1802 because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
1803 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1804 && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1805 && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1806 {
1807 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1808 int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1809 #endif
1810 int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1811 if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1812 && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1813 max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1814
1815 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1816 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1817 if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1818 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1819 align_functions.levels[1].log,
1820 align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1821 #else
1822 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1823 #endif
1824 }
1825
1826 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1827 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1828 #endif
1829
1830 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1831 (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1832
1833 /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
1834
1835 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1836 {
1837 notice_global_symbol (decl);
1838
1839 globalize_decl (decl);
1840
1841 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1842 }
1843
1844 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1845 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1846
1847 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1848 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1849
1850 tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1851 = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1852 if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1853 {
1854 tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1855 tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1856
1857 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (patchable_function_entry_value1))
1858 patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1859 else
1860 gcc_unreachable ();
1861
1862 patch_area_entry = 0;
1863 if (list_length (pp_val) > 1)
1864 {
1865 tree patchable_function_entry_value2 =
1866 TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1867
1868 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (patchable_function_entry_value2))
1869 patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1870 else
1871 gcc_unreachable ();
1872 }
1873 }
1874
1875 if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1876 {
1877 if (patch_area_size > 0)
1878 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "Patchable function entry > size");
1879 patch_area_entry = 0;
1880 }
1881
1882 /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any. */
1883 if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1884 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1885 patch_area_entry, true);
1886
1887 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
1888 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1889 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1890 #else
1891 /* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
1892 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1893 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1894
1895 /* And the area after the label. Record it if we haven't done so yet. */
1896 if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1897 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1898 patch_area_size-patch_area_entry,
1899 patch_area_entry == 0);
1900
1901 if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1902 saw_no_split_stack = true;
1903 }
1904
1905 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1906 function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
1907
1908 void
1909 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1910 {
1911 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1912 /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
1913 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1914 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1915 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1916 #endif
1917 if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1918 {
1919 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1920 switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1921 }
1922 /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1923 debug info.) */
1924 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1925 {
1926 section *save_text_section;
1927
1928 save_text_section = in_section;
1929 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1930 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1931 if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1932 ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1933 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1934 decl);
1935 #endif
1936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1937 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1938 switch_to_section (text_section);
1939 else
1940 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1942 switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1943 }
1944 }
1945 \f
1946 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
1947
1948 void
1949 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1950 {
1951 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
1952 if (flag_syntax_only)
1953 return;
1954
1955 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1956 /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1957 so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
1958 if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1959 {
1960 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1961 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1962 assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1963 }
1964 else
1965 #endif
1966 if (size > 0)
1967 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1968 }
1969
1970 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
1971
1972 void
1973 assemble_align (int align)
1974 {
1975 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1976 {
1977 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1978 }
1979 }
1980
1981 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
1982
1983 void
1984 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1985 {
1986 int pos = 0;
1987 int maximum = 2000;
1988
1989 /* If the string is very long, split it up. */
1990
1991 while (pos < size)
1992 {
1993 int thissize = size - pos;
1994 if (thissize > maximum)
1995 thissize = maximum;
1996
1997 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
1998
1999 pos += thissize;
2000 p += thissize;
2001 }
2002 }
2003
2004 \f
2005 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
2006
2007 static bool
2008 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2009 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2010 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2011 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2012 {
2013 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2014 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2015 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2016 size, align);
2017 return true;
2018 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2019 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2020 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2021 return true;
2022 #else
2023 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2024 return false;
2025 #endif
2026 }
2027
2028 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
2029
2030 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2031 static bool
2032 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2033 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2035 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2036 {
2037 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2038 get_variable_align (decl));
2039 return true;
2040 }
2041 #endif
2042
2043 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
2044
2045 static bool
2046 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2047 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2048 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2049 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2050 {
2051 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2052 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2053 size, get_variable_align (decl));
2054 return true;
2055 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2056 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2057 get_variable_align (decl));
2058 return true;
2059 #else
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2061 return false;
2062 #endif
2063 }
2064
2065 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
2066
2067 static bool
2068 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2069 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2070 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2071 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2072 {
2073 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2074 ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2075 return true;
2076 #else
2077 sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2078 return true;
2079 #endif
2080 }
2081
2082 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2083 NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
2084
2085 static void
2086 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2087 unsigned int align)
2088 {
2089 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2090
2091 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2092 rounded = size;
2093
2094 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2095 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2096
2097 /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2098 since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
2099 if (size == 0)
2100 rounded = 1;
2101
2102 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2103 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2104 rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2105 rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2106 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2107
2108 if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2109 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2110 error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2111 "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2112 }
2113
2114 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
2115 DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2116 is as for assemble_variable. */
2117
2118 static void
2119 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2120 bool dont_output_data, bool merge_strings)
2121 {
2122 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
2123 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2124 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2125 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2126 #else
2127 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
2128 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2129 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2130
2131 if (!dont_output_data)
2132 {
2133 /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2134 to output the body. */
2135 gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2136 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2137 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2138 && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2139 /* Output the actual data. */
2140 output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2141 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2142 get_variable_align (decl),
2143 false, merge_strings);
2144 else
2145 /* Leave space for it. */
2146 assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2147 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2148 }
2149 }
2150
2151 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2152 the current translation unit. */
2153 void
2154 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2155 {
2156 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2157 targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2158 }
2159
2160 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2161 Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2162 Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2163
2164 TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2165 AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2166 to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2167 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2168 initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
2169
2170 void
2171 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2172 int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2173 {
2174 const char *name;
2175 rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2176 section *sect;
2177 unsigned int align;
2178 bool asan_protected = false;
2179
2180 /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES. Ensure we have one. */
2181 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2182
2183 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far. */
2184 gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2185
2186 last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2187
2188 /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2189 since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2190 when a declaration is first seen. */
2191
2192 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2193 return;
2194
2195 /* Do nothing for global register variables. */
2196 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2197 {
2198 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2199 return;
2200 }
2201
2202 /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2203 see if it is complete now. */
2204
2205 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2206 layout_decl (decl, 0);
2207
2208 /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2209 (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
2210
2211 if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2212 {
2213 error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2214 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2215 return;
2216 }
2217
2218 /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2219 decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2220 or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
2221 if this function has already run. */
2222
2223 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2224 return;
2225
2226 /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2227 ASM_WRITTEN. */
2228 decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2229
2230 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2231
2232 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
2233 if (flag_syntax_only)
2234 return;
2235
2236 if (! dont_output_data
2237 && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2238 {
2239 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2240 return;
2241 }
2242
2243 gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2244 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2245 symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2246
2247 /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2248 if it hasn't already been written. */
2249 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2250 {
2251 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2252 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2253 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2254 return;
2255 }
2256
2257 app_disable ();
2258
2259 name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2260 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2261 notice_global_symbol (decl);
2262
2263 /* Compute the alignment of this data. */
2264
2265 align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2266
2267 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2268 && asan_protect_global (decl))
2269 {
2270 asan_protected = true;
2271 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2272 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2273 }
2274
2275 set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2276
2277 align = get_variable_align (decl);
2278
2279 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2280 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2281
2282 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2283 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2284
2285 /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
2286 sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2287 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2288 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2289 globalize_decl (decl);
2290
2291 /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
2292 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2293 output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2294
2295 /* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
2296 if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2297 DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2298
2299 /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2300 has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2301 definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
2302 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2303 {
2304 gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2305 place_block_symbol (symbol);
2306 }
2307 else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2308 assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2309 else
2310 {
2311 /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections. */
2312 if (sect->named.name
2313 && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2314 handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2315 else
2316 switch_to_section (sect);
2317 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2318 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2319 assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data,
2320 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
2321 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
2322 if (asan_protected)
2323 {
2324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2325 = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2326 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2327 }
2328 }
2329 }
2330
2331
2332 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2333 function into the .preinit_array section. */
2334
2335 void
2336 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2337 {
2338 section *sect;
2339 unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2340 rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2341
2342 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2343 sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2344 switch_to_section (sect);
2345 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2346 }
2347
2348 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
2349
2350 static int
2351 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2352 {
2353 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2354 {
2355 case POINTER_TYPE:
2356 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2357 /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2358 so I'll play safe and return 1. */
2359 case OFFSET_TYPE:
2360 return 1;
2361
2362 case RECORD_TYPE:
2363 case UNION_TYPE:
2364 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2365 {
2366 tree fields;
2367 /* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
2368 for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2369 if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2370 && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2371 return 1;
2372 return 0;
2373 }
2374
2375 case ARRAY_TYPE:
2376 /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
2377 return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2378
2379 default:
2380 return 0;
2381 }
2382 }
2383
2384 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2385 the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
2386 right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2387 it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
2388 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2389
2390 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2391 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2392 As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2393 is processed and the pointer set destroyed. */
2394 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2395
2396 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2397 TREE_LIST in assemble_external. */
2398 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2399
2400 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2401 It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
2402
2403 static bool
2404 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2405 {
2406 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2407 {
2408 const char *name;
2409
2410 if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2411 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2412 return true;
2413
2414 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2415 /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2416 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal. */
2417 if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2418 return true;
2419 }
2420 return false;
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2424 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
2425 static void
2426 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2427 {
2428 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2429
2430 if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2431 && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2432 && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2433 {
2434 /* Some systems do require some output. */
2435 SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2436 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2437 }
2438 }
2439 #endif
2440
2441 void
2442 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2443 {
2444 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2445 tree list;
2446 for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2447 assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2448
2449 pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2450 pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2451 delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2452 #endif
2453 }
2454
2455 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2456 to be emitted. */
2457 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2458
2459 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2460 and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
2461 extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
2462 DECL is not external. */
2463
2464 void
2465 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2466 {
2467 /* Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2468 If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
2469 gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2470
2471 /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2472 Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2473 bypassing the call graph. See PR52739. Fix before GCC 4.8. */
2474 #if 0
2475 /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2476 expanded, to RTL.
2477 Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2478 not clear whether that would break things somehow. See PR 17982
2479 for further discussion. */
2480 gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2481 || state == FINISHED);
2482 #endif
2483
2484 if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2485 return;
2486
2487 /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2488 very last to check if they are references or not. */
2489
2490 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2491 && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2492 /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2493 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2494 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2495 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2496 match. */
2497 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2498 && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2499 && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2500 weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2501
2502 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2503 if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2504 {
2505 assemble_external_real (decl);
2506 return;
2507 }
2508
2509 if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2510 pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2511 pending_assemble_externals);
2512 #endif
2513 }
2514
2515 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
2516
2517 void
2518 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2519 {
2520 /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
2521 if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2522 {
2523 SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2524 targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2525 }
2526 }
2527
2528 /* Assemble a label named NAME. */
2529
2530 void
2531 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2532 {
2533 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2534 }
2535
2536 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
2537 void
2538 mark_referenced (tree id)
2539 {
2540 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2541 }
2542
2543 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
2544 void
2545 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2546 {
2547 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2548 {
2549 /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2550 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2551 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2552 definition. */
2553 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2554 if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2555 && !node->definition)
2556 node->mark_force_output ();
2557 }
2558 else if (VAR_P (decl))
2559 {
2560 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2561 /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2562 to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
2563 node->force_output = true;
2564 }
2565 /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2566 which do not need to be marked. */
2567 }
2568
2569
2570 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
2571 starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
2572 NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2573 addition of an underscore). */
2574
2575 void
2576 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2577 {
2578 if (name[0] == '*')
2579 fputs (&name[1], file);
2580 else
2581 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2582 }
2583
2584 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2585 an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2586 variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2587 be marked as referenced. */
2588
2589 void
2590 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2591 {
2592 const char *real_name;
2593 tree id;
2594
2595 real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2596
2597 id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2598 if (id)
2599 {
2600 tree id_orig = id;
2601
2602 mark_referenced (id);
2603 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2604 if (id != id_orig)
2605 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2606 gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2607 }
2608
2609 assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2610 }
2611
2612 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2613 and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
2614
2615 rtx
2616 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2617 {
2618 char name[17];
2619 const char *namestring;
2620 rtx x;
2621
2622 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2623 ++const_labelno;
2624 namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2625
2626 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2627 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2628
2629 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2630 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2631 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2632 #else
2633 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2634 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2635 #else
2636 {
2637 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2638 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2639 /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
2640 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2641 = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2642 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2643 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2644 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2645 }
2646 #endif
2647 #endif
2648 return x;
2649 }
2650
2651 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2652 This is done at most once per compilation.
2653 Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
2654
2655 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2656
2657 rtx
2658 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2659 {
2660 char label[256];
2661 const char *name;
2662 int align;
2663 rtx symbol;
2664
2665 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2666
2667 if (initial_trampoline)
2668 return initial_trampoline;
2669
2670 /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
2671
2672 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2673 switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2674 #else
2675 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2676 #endif
2677
2678 /* Write the assembler code to define one. */
2679 align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2680 if (align > 0)
2681 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2682
2683 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2684 targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2685
2686 /* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
2687 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2688 name = ggc_strdup (label);
2689 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2690 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2691
2692 initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2693 set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2694 set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2695
2696 return initial_trampoline;
2697 }
2698 \f
2699 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
2700 that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
2701
2702 static inline unsigned
2703 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2704 {
2705 return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2706 }
2707
2708 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2709 object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2710 indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
2711 assembly dialect has no such directive.
2712
2713 The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2714 be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
2715
2716 const char *
2717 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2718 {
2719 struct asm_int_op *ops;
2720
2721 if (aligned_p)
2722 ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2723 else
2724 ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2725
2726 switch (size)
2727 {
2728 case 1:
2729 return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2730 case 2:
2731 return ops->hi;
2732 case 4:
2733 return ops->si;
2734 case 8:
2735 return ops->di;
2736 case 16:
2737 return ops->ti;
2738 default:
2739 return NULL;
2740 }
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
2744 start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
2745
2746 void
2747 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2748 {
2749 fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2750 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2751 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2752 }
2753
2754 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
2755
2756 bool
2757 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2758 unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2759 int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2760 {
2761 const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2762 /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
2763 absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
2764 if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2765 return false;
2766 return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2767 }
2768
2769 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
2770 the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
2771 the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
2772 if FORCE is nonzero. */
2773
2774 bool
2775 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2776 {
2777 int aligned_p;
2778
2779 aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2780
2781 /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
2782 if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2783 return true;
2784
2785 /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
2786 it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
2787 if (size > 1)
2788 {
2789 machine_mode omode, imode;
2790 unsigned int subalign;
2791 unsigned int subsize, i;
2792 enum mode_class mclass;
2793
2794 subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2795 subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2796 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2797 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2798 else
2799 mclass = MODE_INT;
2800
2801 omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2802 imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2803
2804 for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2805 {
2806 rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2807 if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2808 break;
2809 }
2810 if (i == size)
2811 return true;
2812
2813 /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2814 back now. */
2815 gcc_assert (!i);
2816 }
2817
2818 gcc_assert (!force);
2819
2820 return false;
2821 }
2822 \f
2823 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE. ALIGN
2824 is the alignment of the constant in bits. If REVERSE is true, D is output
2825 in reverse storage order. */
2826
2827 void
2828 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2829 bool reverse)
2830 {
2831 long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2832 int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2833 rtx elt;
2834
2835 /* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
2836 will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2837 (even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
2838 number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2839 of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2840 object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2841 mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2842
2843 size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2844 (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2845 will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
2846
2847 nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2848 bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2849 nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2850 units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2851
2852 real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2853
2854 /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
2855 if (reverse)
2856 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2857 else
2858 elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2859 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2860 nunits -= units_per;
2861
2862 /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
2863 align = min_align (align, 32);
2864
2865 for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2866 {
2867 if (reverse)
2868 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2869 gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2870 else
2871 elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2872 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2873 nunits -= units_per;
2874 }
2875 }
2876 \f
2877 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2878 reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2879 Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2880 EXP must be reducible. */
2881
2882 struct addr_const {
2883 rtx base;
2884 poly_int64 offset;
2885 };
2886
2887 static void
2888 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2889 {
2890 tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2891 poly_int64 offset = 0;
2892 rtx x;
2893
2894 while (1)
2895 {
2896 poly_int64 bytepos;
2897 if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2898 && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2899 &bytepos))
2900 {
2901 offset += bytepos;
2902 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2903 }
2904 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2905 || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2906 {
2907 /* Truncate big offset. */
2908 offset
2909 += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2910 * wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2911 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2912 }
2913 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2914 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2915 {
2916 offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2917 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2918 }
2919 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2920 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2921 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2922 == ADDR_EXPR)
2923 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2924 else
2925 break;
2926 }
2927
2928 switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2929 {
2930 case VAR_DECL:
2931 case FUNCTION_DECL:
2932 x = DECL_RTL (target);
2933 break;
2934
2935 case LABEL_DECL:
2936 x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2937 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2938 break;
2939
2940 case REAL_CST:
2941 case FIXED_CST:
2942 case STRING_CST:
2943 case COMPLEX_CST:
2944 case CONSTRUCTOR:
2945 case INTEGER_CST:
2946 x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
2947 break;
2948
2949 case INDIRECT_REF:
2950 /* This deals with absolute addresses. */
2951 offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2952 x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2953 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2954 break;
2955
2956 case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR:
2957 gcc_assert (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2958 x = DECL_RTL (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2959 break;
2960
2961 default:
2962 gcc_unreachable ();
2963 }
2964
2965 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2966 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2967
2968 value->base = x;
2969 value->offset = offset;
2970 }
2971 \f
2972 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2973
2974 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2975
2976 /* Constant pool accessor function. */
2977
2978 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
2979 constant_pool_htab (void)
2980 {
2981 return const_desc_htab;
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
2985
2986 hashval_t
2987 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
2988 {
2989 return ptr->hash;
2990 }
2991
2992 static hashval_t
2993 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
2994 {
2995 const char *p;
2996 hashval_t hi;
2997 int len, i;
2998 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
2999
3000 /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
3001 exit the switch or return a value. */
3002
3003 switch (code)
3004 {
3005 case INTEGER_CST:
3006 p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3007 len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3008 break;
3009
3010 case REAL_CST:
3011 return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3012
3013 case FIXED_CST:
3014 return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3015
3016 case STRING_CST:
3017 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3018 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3019 break;
3020
3021 case COMPLEX_CST:
3022 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3023 + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3024
3025 case VECTOR_CST:
3026 {
3027 hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3028 hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3029 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3030 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3031 hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3032 return hi;
3033 }
3034
3035 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3036 {
3037 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3038 tree value;
3039
3040 hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3041
3042 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3043 if (value)
3044 hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3045
3046 return hi;
3047 }
3048
3049 case ADDR_EXPR:
3050 case FDESC_EXPR:
3051 {
3052 struct addr_const value;
3053
3054 decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3055 switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3056 {
3057 case SYMBOL_REF:
3058 /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3059 only use the offset and the symbol name. */
3060 hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3061 p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3062 for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3063 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3064 break;
3065
3066 case LABEL_REF:
3067 hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3068 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3069 break;
3070
3071 default:
3072 gcc_unreachable ();
3073 }
3074 }
3075 return hi;
3076
3077 case PLUS_EXPR:
3078 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3079 case MINUS_EXPR:
3080 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3081 + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3082
3083 CASE_CONVERT:
3084 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3085
3086 default:
3087 /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
3088 return code;
3089 }
3090
3091 /* Compute hashing function. */
3092 hi = len;
3093 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3094 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3095
3096 return hi;
3097 }
3098
3099 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
3100 bool
3101 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3102 constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3103 {
3104 if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3105 return 0;
3106 return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3107 }
3108
3109 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3110 the same bit pattern on output. */
3111
3112 static int
3113 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3114 {
3115 enum tree_code typecode;
3116
3117 if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3118 return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3119 if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3120 return 0;
3121
3122 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3123 return 0;
3124
3125 switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3126 {
3127 case INTEGER_CST:
3128 /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3129 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3130 return 0;
3131 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3132 return 0;
3133 return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3134
3135 case REAL_CST:
3136 /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. In
3137 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3138 same. There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3139 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3140 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3141 128-bit floating point). */
3142 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3143 return 0;
3144 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3145 return 0;
3146 return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3147
3148 case FIXED_CST:
3149 /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3150 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3151 return 0;
3152
3153 return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3154
3155 case STRING_CST:
3156 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3157 || int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3158 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3159 return 0;
3160
3161 return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3162 && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3163 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3164
3165 case COMPLEX_CST:
3166 return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3167 && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3168
3169 case VECTOR_CST:
3170 {
3171 if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3172 != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3173 return 0;
3174
3175 if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3176 != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3177 return 0;
3178
3179 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3180 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3181 if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3182 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3183 return 0;
3184
3185 return 1;
3186 }
3187
3188 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3189 {
3190 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3191 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3192
3193 typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3194 if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3195 return 0;
3196
3197 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3198 {
3199 HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3200 /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match. */
3201 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3202 || size_1 == -1
3203 || size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3204 || TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3205 != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3206 return 0;
3207 }
3208 else
3209 {
3210 /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3211 equality. */
3212 if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3213 return 0;
3214 }
3215
3216 v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3217 v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3218 if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3219 return 0;
3220
3221 for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3222 {
3223 constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3224 constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3225
3226 /* Check that each value is the same... */
3227 if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3228 return 0;
3229 /* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
3230 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3231 {
3232 if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3233 return 0;
3234 }
3235 else
3236 {
3237 if (c1->index != c2->index)
3238 return 0;
3239 }
3240 }
3241
3242 return 1;
3243 }
3244
3245 case ADDR_EXPR:
3246 case FDESC_EXPR:
3247 {
3248 struct addr_const value1, value2;
3249 enum rtx_code code;
3250 int ret;
3251
3252 decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3253 decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3254
3255 if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3256 return 0;
3257
3258 code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3259 if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3260 return 0;
3261
3262 switch (code)
3263 {
3264 case SYMBOL_REF:
3265 ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3266 break;
3267
3268 case LABEL_REF:
3269 ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3270 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3271 break;
3272
3273 default:
3274 gcc_unreachable ();
3275 }
3276 return ret;
3277 }
3278
3279 case PLUS_EXPR:
3280 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3281 case MINUS_EXPR:
3282 case RANGE_EXPR:
3283 return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3284 && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3285
3286 CASE_CONVERT:
3287 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3288 return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3289
3290 default:
3291 return 0;
3292 }
3293
3294 gcc_unreachable ();
3295 }
3296 \f
3297 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
3298
3299 static section *
3300 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3301 {
3302 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3303 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3304 align);
3305 }
3306
3307 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
3308
3309 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3310 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3311 {
3312 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3313
3314 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3315 gcc_checking_assert (size >= 0);
3316 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != STRING_CST
3317 || size >= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
3318 return size;
3319 }
3320
3321 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3322 No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3323 Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3324 Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3325 constant's location in memory.
3326 Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
3327
3328 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3329 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3330 {
3331 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3332 rtx symbol, rtl;
3333 char label[256];
3334 int labelno;
3335 tree decl;
3336
3337 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3338 desc->value = exp;
3339
3340 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3341 labelno = const_labelno++;
3342 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3343
3344 /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant. */
3345 decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3346 TREE_TYPE (exp));
3347 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3348 DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3349 TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3350 TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3351 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3352 /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3353 variable is referenced. Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3354 Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl. */
3355 DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3356 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3357 /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3358 most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings. */
3359 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3360 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3361 else
3362 align_variable (decl, 0);
3363
3364 /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
3365 if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3366 {
3367 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3368 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3369 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3370 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3371 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3372 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3373 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3374 }
3375 else
3376 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3377 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3378 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3379 TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3380
3381 rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3382 set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3383 set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3384
3385 /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3386 alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well. */
3387 set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3388
3389 /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3390 Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
3391 RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3392
3393 /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3394 that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
3395 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3396 information. This call might invalidate our local variable
3397 SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
3398 targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3399
3400 desc->rtl = rtl;
3401
3402 return desc;
3403 }
3404
3405 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3406 for the constant expression EXP.
3407
3408 If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3409 return an rtx to refer to it.
3410 Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3411 and generate an rtx for it.
3412
3413 If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3414 if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3415
3416 `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
3417
3418 rtx
3419 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3420 {
3421 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3422 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3423
3424 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
3425 it, create a new one. */
3426 key.value = exp;
3427 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3428 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3429 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3430
3431 desc = *loc;
3432 if (desc == 0)
3433 {
3434 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3435 desc->hash = key.hash;
3436 *loc = desc;
3437 }
3438
3439 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3440 return desc->rtl;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3444 output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
3445 static void
3446 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3447 int defer)
3448 {
3449 rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3450 tree exp = desc->value;
3451
3452 if (flag_syntax_only)
3453 return;
3454
3455 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3456 /* Already output; don't do it again. */
3457 return;
3458
3459 /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3460 doing so. */
3461 if (defer)
3462 {
3463 /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
3464 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3465 by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3466 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3467 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
3468 if (cfun)
3469 n_deferred_constants++;
3470 return;
3471 }
3472
3473 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3474 }
3475
3476 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
3477 of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
3478 constant's alignment in bits. */
3479
3480 static void
3481 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align,
3482 bool merge_strings)
3483 {
3484 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3485
3486 size = get_constant_size (exp);
3487
3488 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
3489 targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3490
3491 /* Output the value of EXP. */
3492 output_constant (exp, size, align, false, merge_strings);
3493
3494 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3495 }
3496
3497 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
3498
3499 static void
3500 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3501 {
3502 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3503 tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3504 bool asan_protected = false;
3505
3506 /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3507 are assigned label numbers. */
3508 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3509
3510 /* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
3511 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3512
3513 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3514 && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3515 && asan_protect_global (exp))
3516 {
3517 asan_protected = true;
3518 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3519 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3520 }
3521
3522 /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3523 decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3524 its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
3525 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3526 place_block_symbol (symbol);
3527 else
3528 {
3529 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3530 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3531 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3532 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3533 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3534 switch_to_section (sect);
3535 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3536 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3537 assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align,
3538 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
3539 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
3540 if (asan_protected)
3541 {
3542 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3543 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3544 }
3545 }
3546 }
3547
3548 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
3549 if it has been emitted, else null. */
3550
3551 rtx
3552 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3553 {
3554 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3555
3556 key.value = exp;
3557 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3558 constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3559 = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3560
3561 return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3562 }
3563
3564 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3565 for the constant expression EXP.
3566
3567 This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level. */
3568
3569 tree
3570 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3571 {
3572 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc, key;
3573 tree decl;
3574
3575 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't find
3576 it, create a new one. */
3577 key.value = exp;
3578 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3579 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3580 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3581
3582 desc = *loc;
3583 if (desc == 0)
3584 {
3585 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3586 desc->hash = key.hash;
3587 *loc = desc;
3588 }
3589
3590 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3591 varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3592 return decl;
3593 }
3594 \f
3595 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3596 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3597 rtx mem;
3598 rtx sym;
3599 rtx constant;
3600 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3601 hashval_t hash;
3602 fixed_size_mode mode;
3603 unsigned int align;
3604 int labelno;
3605 int mark;
3606 };
3607
3608 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3609 {
3610 static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3611 static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3612 };
3613
3614 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3615 twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3616 are output once per function, not once per file. */
3617 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
3618 can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3619 difference. */
3620
3621 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3622 /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
3623 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3624 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3625
3626 /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3627 It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3628 constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3629 in memory. */
3630 hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3631
3632 /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3633 machine-specific header). */
3634 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3635 };
3636
3637 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
3638
3639 hashval_t
3640 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3641 {
3642 return desc->hash;
3643 }
3644
3645 bool
3646 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3647 constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3648 {
3649 if (x->mode != y->mode)
3650 return 0;
3651 return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3652 }
3653
3654 /* Hash one component of a constant. */
3655
3656 static hashval_t
3657 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3658 {
3659 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3660 machine_mode mode;
3661 enum rtx_code code;
3662 hashval_t h;
3663 int i;
3664
3665 code = GET_CODE (x);
3666 mode = GET_MODE (x);
3667 h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3668
3669 switch (code)
3670 {
3671 case CONST_INT:
3672 hwi = INTVAL (x);
3673
3674 fold_hwi:
3675 {
3676 int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3677 const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3678
3679 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3680 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3681 {
3682 hwi >>= shift;
3683 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3684 }
3685 }
3686 break;
3687
3688 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3689 hwi = 0;
3690 {
3691 for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3692 hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3693 goto fold_hwi;
3694 }
3695
3696 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3697 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3698 {
3699 hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3700 goto fold_hwi;
3701 }
3702 else
3703 h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3704 break;
3705
3706 case CONST_FIXED:
3707 h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3708 break;
3709
3710 case SYMBOL_REF:
3711 h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3712 break;
3713
3714 case LABEL_REF:
3715 h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3716 break;
3717
3718 case UNSPEC:
3719 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3720 h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3721 break;
3722
3723 default:
3724 break;
3725 }
3726
3727 return h;
3728 }
3729
3730 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
3731
3732 static hashval_t
3733 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3734 {
3735 hashval_t h = 0;
3736 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3737 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3738 h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3739 return h;
3740 }
3741
3742 \f
3743 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
3744
3745 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3746 create_constant_pool (void)
3747 {
3748 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3749
3750 pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3751 pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3752 pool->first = NULL;
3753 pool->last = NULL;
3754 pool->offset = 0;
3755 return pool;
3756 }
3757
3758 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
3759
3760 void
3761 init_varasm_status (void)
3762 {
3763 crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3764 crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3765 }
3766 \f
3767 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3768 include the same symbol. */
3769
3770 rtx
3771 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3772 {
3773 rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3774 return r ? r : x;
3775 }
3776 \f
3777 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3778 and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. IN_MODE is the mode
3779 of X. */
3780
3781 rtx
3782 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3783 {
3784 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3785 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3786 char label[256];
3787 rtx def, symbol;
3788 hashval_t hash;
3789 unsigned int align;
3790 constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3791 fixed_size_mode mode;
3792
3793 /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory. */
3794 if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3795 return NULL_RTX;
3796
3797 /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
3798 if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3799 return NULL_RTX;
3800
3801 /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
3802 crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3803
3804 /* Decide which pool to use. */
3805 pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3806 ? shared_constant_pool
3807 : crtl->varasm.pool);
3808
3809 /* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
3810 tmp.constant = x;
3811 tmp.mode = mode;
3812 hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3813 slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3814 desc = *slot;
3815
3816 /* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
3817 if (desc)
3818 return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3819
3820 /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
3821 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3822 *slot = desc;
3823
3824 /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
3825 machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3826 align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3827
3828 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3829 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3830
3831 desc->next = NULL;
3832 desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3833 desc->offset = pool->offset;
3834 desc->hash = hash;
3835 desc->mode = mode;
3836 desc->align = align;
3837 desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3838 desc->mark = 0;
3839
3840 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3841 if (pool->last)
3842 pool->last->next = desc;
3843 else
3844 pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3845 pool->last = desc;
3846
3847 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3849 ++const_labelno;
3850
3851 /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3852 the constants pool. */
3853 if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3854 {
3855 section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3856 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3857 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3858 }
3859 else
3860 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3861 desc->sym = symbol;
3862 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3863 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3864 SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3865
3866 /* Construct the MEM. */
3867 desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3868 set_mem_align (def, align);
3869
3870 /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3871 don't delete it. */
3872 if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3873 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3874
3875 return copy_rtx (def);
3876 }
3877 \f
3878 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
3879
3880 rtx
3881 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3882 {
3883 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3887 and whether it has been output or not. */
3888
3889 rtx
3890 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3891 {
3892 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3893
3894 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3895 *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3896 return desc->constant;
3897 }
3898
3899 /* Similar, return the mode. */
3900
3901 fixed_size_mode
3902 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3903 {
3904 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3905 }
3906
3907 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries. Note
3908 that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3909 here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations. */
3910
3911 bool
3912 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3913 {
3914 return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3915 }
3916 \f
3917 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
3918 in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
3919
3920 static void
3921 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3922 {
3923 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3924 {
3925 case MODE_FLOAT:
3926 case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3927 {
3928 gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3929 assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3930 as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3931 break;
3932 }
3933
3934 case MODE_INT:
3935 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3936 case MODE_FRACT:
3937 case MODE_UFRACT:
3938 case MODE_ACCUM:
3939 case MODE_UACCUM:
3940 assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3941 break;
3942
3943 case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3944 {
3945 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3946
3947 /* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3948 whole element. Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3949 than one element. */
3950 unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3951 unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3952 unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3953 scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3954
3955 /* Build the constant up one integer at a time. */
3956 unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3957 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
3958 {
3959 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
3960 unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
3961 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
3962 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
3963 value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
3964 output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
3965 i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
3966 }
3967 break;
3968 }
3969 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
3970 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
3971 case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
3972 case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
3973 case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
3974 case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
3975 {
3976 int i, units;
3977 scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
3978 unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
3979
3980 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3981 units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3982
3983 for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
3984 {
3985 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
3986 output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
3987 }
3988 }
3989 break;
3990
3991 default:
3992 gcc_unreachable ();
3993 }
3994 }
3995
3996 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
3997 giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
3998
3999 static void
4000 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
4001 unsigned int align)
4002 {
4003 rtx x, tmp;
4004
4005 x = desc->constant;
4006
4007 /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
4008 whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
4009 is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
4010 instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
4011 CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
4012 /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
4013 not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4014 functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends. */
4015
4016 tmp = x;
4017 switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4018 {
4019 case CONST:
4020 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4021 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4022 break;
4023 tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4024 /* FALLTHRU */
4025
4026 case LABEL_REF:
4027 {
4028 rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4029 gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4030 gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4031 || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4032 break;
4033 }
4034
4035 default:
4036 break;
4037 }
4038
4039 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4040 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4041 align, desc->labelno, done);
4042 #endif
4043
4044 assemble_align (align);
4045
4046 /* Output the label. */
4047 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4048
4049 /* Output the data.
4050 Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4051 as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4052 assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4053 of fix-up table entries. */
4054 output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4055
4056 /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4057 sections have proper size. */
4058 if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4059 && in_section
4060 && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4061 assemble_align (align);
4062
4063 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4064 done:
4065 #endif
4066 return;
4067 }
4068
4069 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4070 POOL. Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4071 are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4072 emit. */
4073
4074 static void
4075 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4076 {
4077 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4078 pool->offset = 0;
4079
4080 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4081 if (desc->mark)
4082 {
4083 /* Recalculate offset. */
4084 unsigned int align = desc->align;
4085 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4086 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4087 desc->offset = pool->offset;
4088 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4089 }
4090 }
4091
4092 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4093 Emit referenced deferred strings. */
4094
4095 static void
4096 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4097 {
4098 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4099 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4100 {
4101 const_rtx x = *iter;
4102 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4103 {
4104 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4105 {
4106 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4107 if (desc->mark == 0)
4108 {
4109 desc->mark = 1;
4110 iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4111 }
4112 }
4113 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4114 {
4115 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4116 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4117 {
4118 n_deferred_constants--;
4119 output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4120 }
4121 }
4122 }
4123 }
4124 }
4125
4126 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4127 constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
4128 referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
4129 deferred strings that are used. */
4130
4131 static void
4132 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4133 {
4134 if (!INSN_P (insn))
4135 return;
4136
4137 /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
4138 insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
4139 a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
4140 if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4141 {
4142 int i, n = seq->len ();
4143 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4144 {
4145 rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4146 if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4147 mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4148 }
4149 }
4150 else
4151 mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4152 }
4153
4154 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4155 entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
4156 which have indeed been used. */
4157
4158 static void
4159 mark_constant_pool (void)
4160 {
4161 rtx_insn *insn;
4162
4163 if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4164 return;
4165
4166 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4167 mark_constants (insn);
4168 }
4169
4170 /* Write all the constants in POOL. */
4171
4172 static void
4173 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4174 {
4175 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4176
4177 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4178 if (desc->mark)
4179 {
4180 /* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4181 the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4182 write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
4183 that later. */
4184 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4185 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4186 place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4187 else
4188 {
4189 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4190 (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4191 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4192 }
4193 }
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4197 out the function's private constant pool. */
4198
4199 static void
4200 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4201 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4202 {
4203 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4204
4205 /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4206 discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
4207 case we do not need to output the constant. */
4208 mark_constant_pool ();
4209
4210 /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4211 now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4212 stale. */
4213 recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4214
4215 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4216 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4217 #endif
4218
4219 output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4220
4221 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4222 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4223 #endif
4224 }
4225 \f
4226 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
4227
4228 void
4229 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4230 {
4231 output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4232 }
4233 \f
4234 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
4235
4236 int
4237 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4238 {
4239 int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4240 tree tem;
4241
4242 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4243 {
4244 case ADDR_EXPR:
4245 case FDESC_EXPR:
4246 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4247 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4248 addresses of variables or functions. */
4249 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4250 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4251 ;
4252
4253 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4254 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4255 {
4256 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4257 break;
4258 }
4259
4260 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4261 reloc |= 2;
4262 else
4263 reloc |= 1;
4264 break;
4265
4266 case PLUS_EXPR:
4267 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4268 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4269 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4270 break;
4271
4272 case MINUS_EXPR:
4273 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4274 reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4275 /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
4276 if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4277 reloc = 0;
4278 else
4279 reloc |= reloc2;
4280 break;
4281
4282 CASE_CONVERT:
4283 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4284 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4285 break;
4286
4287 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4288 {
4289 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4290 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4291 if (tem != 0)
4292 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4293 }
4294 break;
4295
4296 default:
4297 break;
4298 }
4299 return reloc;
4300 }
4301
4302 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4303 and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4304 Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
4305
4306 static void
4307 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4308 {
4309 tree tem;
4310
4311 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4312 {
4313 case ADDR_EXPR:
4314 case FDESC_EXPR:
4315 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4316 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4317 addresses of variables or functions. */
4318 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4319 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4320 ;
4321
4322 /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
4323 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4324 tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4325
4326 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4327 output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4328
4329 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4330 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4331 break;
4332
4333 case PLUS_EXPR:
4334 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4335 case MINUS_EXPR:
4336 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4337 gcc_fallthrough ();
4338
4339 CASE_CONVERT:
4340 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4341 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4342 break;
4343
4344 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4345 {
4346 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4347 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4348 if (tem != 0)
4349 output_addressed_constants (tem);
4350 }
4351 break;
4352
4353 default:
4354 break;
4355 }
4356 }
4357 \f
4358 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4359 its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4360 and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4361 evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
4362
4363 bool
4364 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4365 {
4366 return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4367 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4368 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4369 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4370 }
4371
4372 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4373 tree *cache);
4374
4375 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4376 PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
4377 which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4378 particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
4379 returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4380 which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
4381 returns NULL. */
4382
4383 static tree
4384 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4385 {
4386 tree op0, op1;
4387
4388 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4389 return NULL_TREE;
4390
4391 op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4392 op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4393
4394 /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
4395 works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4396 ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4397 is cheaper. */
4398
4399 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4400 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4401 {
4402 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4403 if (inner == error_mark_node
4404 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4405 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4406 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4407 break;
4408 op0 = inner;
4409 }
4410
4411 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4412 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4413 {
4414 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4415 if (inner == error_mark_node
4416 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4417 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4418 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4419 break;
4420 op1 = inner;
4421 }
4422
4423 op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4424 if (!op0)
4425 return NULL_TREE;
4426
4427 op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4428 cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4429 /* Both initializers must be known. */
4430 if (op1)
4431 {
4432 if (op0 == op1
4433 && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4434 || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4435 return null_pointer_node;
4436
4437 /* Support differences between labels. */
4438 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4439 && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4440 return null_pointer_node;
4441
4442 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4443 && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4444 && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4445 return null_pointer_node;
4446 }
4447
4448 return NULL_TREE;
4449 }
4450
4451 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4452 Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4453 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4454 element of a "constant" initializer.
4455
4456 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4457 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4458 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4459 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4460 arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4461
4462 Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
4463
4464 static tree
4465 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4466 {
4467 tree ret;
4468
4469 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4470 {
4471 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4472 if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4473 {
4474 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4475 tree elt;
4476 bool absolute = true;
4477
4478 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4479 return cache[1];
4480 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4481 {
4482 tree reloc;
4483 reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4484 NULL);
4485 if (!reloc
4486 /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO. */
4487 || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4488 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4489 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4490 {
4491 if (cache)
4492 {
4493 cache[0] = value;
4494 cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4495 }
4496 return NULL_TREE;
4497 }
4498 if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4499 absolute = false;
4500 }
4501 /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4502 variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4503 relocation." */
4504 if (cache)
4505 {
4506 cache[0] = value;
4507 cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4508 }
4509 return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4510 }
4511
4512 return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4513
4514 case INTEGER_CST:
4515 case VECTOR_CST:
4516 case REAL_CST:
4517 case FIXED_CST:
4518 case STRING_CST:
4519 case COMPLEX_CST:
4520 return null_pointer_node;
4521
4522 case ADDR_EXPR:
4523 case FDESC_EXPR:
4524 {
4525 tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4526 if (op0)
4527 {
4528 /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
4529 to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
4530 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4531 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4532 return null_pointer_node;
4533 /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4534 unless we don't need or want one. */
4535 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4536 && DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4537 && !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4538 return NULL_TREE;
4539 /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4540 object. */
4541 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4542 return NULL_TREE;
4543 }
4544 return op0;
4545 }
4546
4547 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4548 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4549 endtype, cache);
4550
4551 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4552 {
4553 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4554 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4555 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4556
4557 /* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4558 if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4559 RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4560 to the underlying constructor. */
4561 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4562 {
4563 if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4564 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4565 else
4566 return NULL_TREE;
4567 }
4568
4569 /* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
4570 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4571 }
4572
4573 CASE_CONVERT:
4574 {
4575 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4576 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4577 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4578
4579 /* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4580 types, and offset types. */
4581 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4582 || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4583 || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4584 && TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4585 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4586
4587 /* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
4588 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4589 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4590 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4591
4592 /* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4593 explicit value. Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4594 than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4595 allow to sign extend it to a wider type. */
4596 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4597 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4598 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4599 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4600 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4601 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4602 {
4603 tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4604 if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4605 return null_pointer_node;
4606 break;
4607 }
4608
4609 /* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
4610 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4611 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4612 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4613
4614 /* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4615 conversions from 0. */
4616 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4617 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4618 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4619 {
4620 if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4621 && TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4622 return null_pointer_node;
4623 if (integer_zerop (src))
4624 return null_pointer_node;
4625 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4626 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4627 }
4628
4629 /* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4630 inside is okay. */
4631 if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4632 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4633 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4634 }
4635 break;
4636
4637 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4638 case PLUS_EXPR:
4639 /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4640 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
4641 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4642 return NULL_TREE;
4643 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4644 return cache[1];
4645 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4646 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4647 {
4648 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4649 tree valid0
4650 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4651 endtype, ncache);
4652 tree valid1
4653 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4654 endtype, ncache + 2);
4655 /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
4656 if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4657 ret = valid1;
4658 else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4659 ret = valid0;
4660 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4661 else
4662 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4663 ncache);
4664 }
4665 else
4666 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4667 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4668 if (cache)
4669 {
4670 cache[0] = value;
4671 cache[1] = ret;
4672 }
4673 return ret;
4674
4675 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4676 case MINUS_EXPR:
4677 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4678 return NULL_TREE;
4679 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4680 return cache[1];
4681 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4682 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4683 {
4684 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4685 tree valid0
4686 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4687 endtype, ncache);
4688 tree valid1
4689 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4690 endtype, ncache + 2);
4691 /* Win if second argument is absolute. */
4692 if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4693 ret = valid0;
4694 /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4695 Then the value is absolute. */
4696 else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4697 ret = null_pointer_node;
4698 /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4699 generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4700 constant string is absolute. */
4701 else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4702 && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4703 && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4704 ret = null_pointer_node;
4705 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4706 else
4707 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4708 ncache);
4709 }
4710 else
4711 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4712 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4713 if (cache)
4714 {
4715 cache[0] = value;
4716 cache[1] = ret;
4717 }
4718 return ret;
4719
4720 default:
4721 break;
4722 }
4723
4724 return NULL_TREE;
4725 }
4726
4727 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4728 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4729 element of a "constant" initializer.
4730
4731 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4732 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4733 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4734 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4735 arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
4736 tree
4737 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4738 {
4739 tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4740
4741 /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order. */
4742 if (reloc
4743 && reloc != null_pointer_node
4744 && reverse
4745 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4746 && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4747 reloc = NULL_TREE;
4748
4749 return reloc;
4750 }
4751 \f
4752 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4753 for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4754 an element of a "constant" initializer. */
4755
4756 bool
4757 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4758 {
4759 /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4760 of such. */
4761 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4762 {
4763 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4764 {
4765 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4766 tree elt;
4767
4768 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4769 if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4770 return false;
4771 return true;
4772 }
4773
4774 case INTEGER_CST:
4775 case REAL_CST:
4776 return true;
4777
4778 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4779 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4780 return
4781 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4782
4783 default:
4784 break;
4785 }
4786
4787 return false;
4788 }
4789
4790 /* Check if a STRING_CST fits into the field.
4791 Tolerate only the case when the NUL termination
4792 does not fit into the field. */
4793
4794 static bool
4795 check_string_literal (tree string, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4796 {
4797 tree type = TREE_TYPE (string);
4798 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (type);
4799 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elts = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (eltype));
4800 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mem_size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
4801 int len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string);
4802
4803 if (elts != 1 && elts != 2 && elts != 4)
4804 return false;
4805 if (len < 0 || len % elts != 0)
4806 return false;
4807 if (size < (unsigned)len)
4808 return false;
4809 if (mem_size != size)
4810 return false;
4811 return true;
4812 }
4813
4814 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4815 for nested aggregate bitfields. */
4816
4817 struct oc_outer_state {
4818 unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
4819 int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
4820 };
4821
4822 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4823 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4824 oc_outer_state *);
4825
4826 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4827 This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4828 Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4829
4830 Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4831 with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified. The returned
4832 value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4833 may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4834
4835 SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4836 since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4837 It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4838 since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4839 It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4840 type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4841
4842 There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4843 for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4844 But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4845
4846 ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4847
4848 If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order. */
4849
4850 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4851 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4852 bool reverse, bool merge_strings)
4853 {
4854 enum tree_code code;
4855 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4856 rtx cst;
4857
4858 if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4859 return size;
4860
4861 /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4862 to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
4863 the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4864 resolving it. */
4865 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4866 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4867 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4868 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4869 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4870 {
4871 tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4872
4873 /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4874 pointer modes. */
4875 while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4876 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4877 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4878 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4879 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4880 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4881
4882 /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4883 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4884 way. */
4885 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4886 exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4887 /* Likewise for constant ints. */
4888 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4889 exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4890
4891 }
4892
4893 /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4894 constant. */
4895 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4896 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4897 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4898 {
4899 HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4900 HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4901
4902 /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4903 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4904 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
4905 if (type_size > op_size
4906 && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4907 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4908 /* Keep the conversion. */
4909 break;
4910 else
4911 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4912 }
4913
4914 code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4915 thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4916
4917 /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4918 This means to fill the space with zeros. */
4919 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4920 && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4921 {
4922 assemble_zeros (size);
4923 return size;
4924 }
4925
4926 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4927 {
4928 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4929 HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4930 tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4931 ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4932 #else
4933 gcc_unreachable ();
4934 #endif
4935 return size;
4936 }
4937
4938 /* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
4939 Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
4940 switch (code)
4941 {
4942 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4943 case INTEGER_TYPE:
4944 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4945 case POINTER_TYPE:
4946 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4947 case OFFSET_TYPE:
4948 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4949 case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4950 cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4951 if (reverse)
4952 cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4953 if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4954 error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4955 break;
4956
4957 case REAL_TYPE:
4958 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4959 error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4960 else
4961 assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
4962 SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4963 align, reverse);
4964 break;
4965
4966 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4967 output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align,
4968 reverse, false);
4969 output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
4970 min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
4971 reverse, false);
4972 break;
4973
4974 case ARRAY_TYPE:
4975 case VECTOR_TYPE:
4976 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4977 {
4978 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4979 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4980 case STRING_CST:
4981 thissize = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
4982 if (merge_strings
4983 && (thissize == 0
4984 || TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp) [thissize - 1] != '\0'))
4985 thissize++;
4986 gcc_checking_assert (check_string_literal (exp, size));
4987 assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
4988 break;
4989 case VECTOR_CST:
4990 {
4991 scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
4992 unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
4993 int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
4994 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
4995 reverse, false);
4996 thissize = elt_size;
4997 /* Static constants must have a fixed size. */
4998 unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
4999 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
5000 {
5001 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
5002 reverse, false);
5003 thissize += elt_size;
5004 }
5005 break;
5006 }
5007 default:
5008 gcc_unreachable ();
5009 }
5010 break;
5011
5012 case RECORD_TYPE:
5013 case UNION_TYPE:
5014 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5015 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5016
5017 case ERROR_MARK:
5018 return 0;
5019
5020 default:
5021 gcc_unreachable ();
5022 }
5023
5024 if (size > thissize)
5025 assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
5026
5027 return size;
5028 }
5029 \f
5030 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
5031 arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
5032 type with an unspecified upper bound. */
5033
5034 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5035 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
5036 {
5037 tree max_index;
5038 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5039 tree index, value, tmp;
5040 offset_int i;
5041
5042 /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5043 arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5044 doing it here. */
5045 if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5046 return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5047
5048 max_index = NULL_TREE;
5049 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5050 {
5051 if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5052 index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5053 if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5054 max_index = index;
5055 }
5056
5057 if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5058 return 0;
5059
5060 /* Compute the total number of array elements. */
5061 tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5062 i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5063
5064 /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
5065 i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5066
5067 gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5068 return i.to_uhwi ();
5069 }
5070
5071 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
5072
5073 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
5074
5075 struct oc_local_state {
5076
5077 /* Received arguments. */
5078 tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
5079 tree type; /* Type of constructor expression. */
5080 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
5081 unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
5082 tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
5083
5084 /* Output processing state. */
5085 HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
5086 int byte; /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output. */
5087 int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5088 array element output within a bitfield. */
5089 bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether BYTE is in use. */
5090 bool reverse; /* Whether reverse storage order is in use. */
5091
5092 /* Current element. */
5093 tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
5094 tree val; /* Current element value. */
5095 tree index; /* Current element index. */
5096
5097 };
5098
5099 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5100 RANGE_EXPR element. */
5101
5102 static void
5103 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5104 {
5105 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5106 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5107
5108 HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5109 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5110 HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5111 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5112 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5113
5114 unsigned int align2
5115 = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5116
5117 for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5118 {
5119 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5120 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5121 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5122 else
5123 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5124 local->reverse, false);
5125
5126 /* Count its size. */
5127 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5128 }
5129 }
5130
5131 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5132 field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
5133
5134 static void
5135 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5136 {
5137 /* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
5138 positions are constant. */
5139 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5140 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5141
5142 unsigned int align2;
5143
5144 /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
5145 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5146 {
5147 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5148 local->total_bytes++;
5149 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5150 }
5151
5152 if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5153 {
5154 /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5155 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5156 but we are using an unsigned sizetype. */
5157 unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5158 offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5159 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5160 fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5161 .to_short_addr ();
5162 }
5163 else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5164 fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5165 else
5166 fieldpos = 0;
5167
5168 /* Advance to offset of this element.
5169 Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5170 if each element has the proper size. */
5171 if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5172 {
5173 if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5174 {
5175 assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5176 local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5177 }
5178 else
5179 /* Must not go backwards. */
5180 gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5181 }
5182
5183 /* Find the alignment of this element. */
5184 align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5185
5186 /* Determine size this element should occupy. */
5187 if (local->field)
5188 {
5189 fieldsize = 0;
5190
5191 /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5192 the initializer determines the size. */
5193 /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5194 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5195 initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
5196 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5197 && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5198 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5199 {
5200 fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5201 /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5202 be last. Given a flexible array member, the next field
5203 on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct. */
5204 const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5205 gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5206 tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5207 gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5208 }
5209 else
5210 fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5211 }
5212 else
5213 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5214
5215 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5216 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5217 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5218 else
5219 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5220 local->reverse, false);
5221
5222 /* Count its size. */
5223 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5224 }
5225
5226 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the LOCAL state, output an element
5227 that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5228 from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer. */
5229
5230 static void
5231 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5232 {
5233 /* Bit size of this element. */
5234 HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5235 = (local->field
5236 ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5237 : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5238
5239 /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
5240 HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5241 = (!local->field
5242 ? (local->index
5243 ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5244 - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5245 : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5246 : 0);
5247
5248 /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5249 constructor. */
5250 HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5251 = (local->field
5252 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5253 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5254
5255 /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5256 outer byte buffer. */
5257 HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5258 = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5259
5260 /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5261 the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5262 this element. */
5263 HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5264 HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5265
5266 local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5267
5268 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5269 local->val = integer_zero_node;
5270
5271 while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5272 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5273 local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5274
5275 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5276 && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5277 {
5278 error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5279 return;
5280 }
5281
5282 /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes. */
5283 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5284 {
5285 /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
5286 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5287 {
5288 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5289 local->total_bytes++;
5290 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5291 }
5292
5293 /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
5294 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5295 {
5296 gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5297 assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5298 local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5299 }
5300 }
5301
5302 /* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
5303 if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5304 {
5305 local->byte = 0;
5306 if (ebitsize > 0)
5307 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5308 }
5309
5310 /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5311 pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
5312 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5313 {
5314 oc_outer_state temp_state;
5315 temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5316 temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5317 local->total_bytes
5318 += output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5319 local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5320 return;
5321 }
5322
5323 /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5324 separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5325 bit-fields. */
5326 while (next_offset < end_offset)
5327 {
5328 int this_time;
5329 int shift;
5330 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5331 HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5332 HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5333
5334 /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary. */
5335 while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5336 {
5337 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5338 local->total_bytes++;
5339 local->byte = 0;
5340 }
5341
5342 /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte). */
5343 this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5344 if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5345 {
5346 /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5347 bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5348 the most significant end. */
5349 shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5350
5351 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5352 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5353 only select bits from one element. */
5354 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5355 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5356 {
5357 const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5358 shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5359 this_time = end - shift + 1;
5360 }
5361
5362 /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
5363 value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5364 shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5365
5366 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5367 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5368 local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5369 & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5370 << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
5371 }
5372 else
5373 {
5374 /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5375 the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5376 bits of the bytes. */
5377 shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5378
5379 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5380 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5381 only select bits from one element. */
5382 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5383 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5384 this_time
5385 = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5386
5387 /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word. */
5388 value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5389 shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5390
5391 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5392 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5393 local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5394 & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5395 << next_bit);
5396 }
5397
5398 next_offset += this_time;
5399 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5400 }
5401 }
5402
5403 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5404 Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
5405 caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
5406
5407 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5408 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5409 bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5410 {
5411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5412 constructor_elt *ce;
5413 oc_local_state local;
5414
5415 /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
5416 local.exp = exp;
5417 local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5418 local.size = size;
5419 local.align = align;
5420 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5421 local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5422 else
5423 local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5424
5425 local.total_bytes = 0;
5426 local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5427 local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5428 local.last_relative_index = -1;
5429 /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type. */
5430 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5431 local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5432 else
5433 local.reverse = reverse;
5434
5435 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5436
5437 /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5438 structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
5439 union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5440 But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
5441
5442 There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5443 (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5444 more one). */
5445
5446 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5447 local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5448 else
5449 local.field = NULL_TREE;
5450
5451 for (cnt = 0;
5452 vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5453 cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5454 {
5455 local.val = ce->value;
5456 local.index = NULL_TREE;
5457
5458 /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5459 or index. */
5460 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5461 local.field = ce->index;
5462
5463 else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5464 local.index = ce->index;
5465
5466 if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5467 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5468 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5469 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5470 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5471 : "<anonymous>");
5472
5473 /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
5474 if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5475 STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5476
5477 /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
5478
5479 /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
5480 if (!outer
5481 && local.index != NULL_TREE
5482 && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5483 output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5484
5485 /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5486 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
5487 else if (!outer
5488 && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5489 || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5490 output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5491
5492 /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5493 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first. */
5494 else
5495 {
5496 if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5497 local.val
5498 = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5499 build_nonstandard_integer_type
5500 (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5501 local.val);
5502 output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5503 }
5504 }
5505
5506 /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5507 Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5508 if (outer)
5509 outer->byte = local.byte;
5510 else
5511 {
5512 if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5513 {
5514 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5515 local.total_bytes++;
5516 }
5517
5518 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5519 {
5520 assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5521 local.total_bytes = local.size;
5522 }
5523 }
5524
5525 return local.total_bytes;
5526 }
5527
5528 /* Mark DECL as weak. */
5529
5530 static void
5531 mark_weak (tree decl)
5532 {
5533 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5534 return;
5535
5536 struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5537 if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5538 error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5539 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5540
5541 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5542 && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5543 && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5544 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5545 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5546 }
5547
5548 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
5549
5550 void
5551 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5552 {
5553 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5554 {
5555 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5556 {
5557 tree *pwd;
5558 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5559 and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
5560 for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5561 if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5562 {
5563 *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5564 break;
5565 }
5566 }
5567 return;
5568 }
5569
5570 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5571 {
5572 tree wd;
5573
5574 /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
5575
5576 /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5577 go back and make it weak. This should never happen in
5578 unit-at-a-time compilation. */
5579 gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5580
5581 /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5582 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5583 a weak symbol. Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5584 impossible. */
5585 gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5586 || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5587
5588 /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function. */
5589 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5590 error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5591 "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5592
5593 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5594 {
5595 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5596 Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
5597 for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5598 if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5599 {
5600 TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5601 break;
5602 }
5603 /* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
5604 weak alias, then we will have already called
5605 globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5606 not need to do anything. */
5607 }
5608
5609 /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
5610 mark_weak (olddecl);
5611 }
5612 else
5613 /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5614 weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
5615 mark_weak (newdecl);
5616 }
5617
5618 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
5619
5620 void
5621 declare_weak (tree decl)
5622 {
5623 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5624 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5625 {
5626 error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5627 return;
5628 }
5629 else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5630 warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5631
5632 mark_weak (decl);
5633 if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5634 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5635 = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5636 }
5637
5638 static void
5639 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5640 {
5641 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5642 const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5643 #endif
5644
5645 if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5646 return;
5647
5648 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5649 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5650 #else
5651 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5652 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5653 #else
5654 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5655 {
5656 static bool warn_once = 0;
5657 if (! warn_once)
5658 {
5659 warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5660 warn_once = 1;
5661 }
5662 return;
5663 }
5664 #endif
5665 #endif
5666 #endif
5667 }
5668
5669 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. */
5670 static tree
5671 find_decl (tree target)
5672 {
5673 symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5674 if (node)
5675 return node->decl;
5676 return NULL_TREE;
5677 }
5678
5679 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
5680
5681 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5682
5683 /* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
5684
5685 void
5686 weak_finish (void)
5687 {
5688 tree t;
5689
5690 for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5691 {
5692 tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5693 tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5694
5695 if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5696 || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5697 /* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5698 the target alone. */
5699 target = NULL_TREE;
5700 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5701 else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5702 {
5703 /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5704 defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5705 different macros. */
5706 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5707 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5708 # else
5709 tree decl = find_decl (target);
5710
5711 if (! decl)
5712 {
5713 decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5714 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5715 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5716
5717 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5718 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5719 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5720 TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5721 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5722 }
5723
5724 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5725 # endif
5726 }
5727 #endif
5728
5729 {
5730 tree *p;
5731 tree t2;
5732
5733 /* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5734 so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5735 nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
5736 for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5737 {
5738 if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5739 || target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5740 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5741 else
5742 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5743 }
5744
5745 /* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
5746 for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5747 {
5748 if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5749 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5750 else
5751 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5752 }
5753 }
5754 }
5755
5756 for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5757 {
5758 tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5759
5760 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5761 }
5762 }
5763
5764 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
5765
5766 static void
5767 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5768 {
5769
5770 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5771 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5772 {
5773 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5774 tree *p, t;
5775
5776 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5777 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5778 #else
5779 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5780 #endif
5781
5782 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5783 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5784 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5785 {
5786 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5787 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5788 else
5789 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5790 }
5791
5792 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5793 list, for the same reason. */
5794 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5795 {
5796 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5797 == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5798 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5799 else
5800 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5801 }
5802
5803 return;
5804 }
5805 #endif
5806
5807 targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5808 }
5809
5810 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5811
5812 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5813 or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
5814 tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
5815
5816 void
5817 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5818 {
5819 tree id;
5820
5821 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var. */
5822 gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5823 && VAR_P (decl)
5824 && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5825
5826 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5827 return;
5828
5829 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5830 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5831 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5832
5833 /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5834 we don't use it here. */
5835 make_decl_rtl (decl);
5836
5837 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5838 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5839 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5840
5841 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5842 {
5843 if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5844 weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5845
5846 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5847 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5848 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5849 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5850 #else
5851 if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5852 {
5853 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5854 "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5855 return;
5856 }
5857 #endif
5858 return;
5859 }
5860
5861 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5862 tree orig_decl = decl;
5863
5864 /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
5865
5866 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5867 {
5868 globalize_decl (decl);
5869 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5870 }
5871 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5872 && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5873 {
5874 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5875 if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5876 ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5877 (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5878 IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5879 else
5880 #endif
5881 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5882 "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5883 }
5884
5885 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5886 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5887 # else
5888 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5889 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5890 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5891 # endif
5892 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5893 {
5894 const char *name;
5895 tree *p, t;
5896
5897 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5898 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5899 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5900 # else
5901 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5902 # endif
5903 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5904 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5905 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5906 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5907 || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5908 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5909 else
5910 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5911
5912 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5913 list, for the same reason. */
5914 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5915 {
5916 if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5917 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5918 else
5919 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5920 }
5921 }
5922 #endif
5923 }
5924
5925 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5926 the symbol for TARGET. */
5927
5928 void
5929 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5930 {
5931 tree target_decl;
5932
5933 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5934 {
5935 tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5936
5937 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5938
5939 if (alias == target)
5940 error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5941 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5942 error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5943 }
5944 else
5945 {
5946 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5947 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5948 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5949 "alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5950 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5951 return;
5952 # else
5953 if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5954 {
5955 /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected. */
5956 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5957 && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5958 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5959 "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5960 else
5961 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5962 "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5963 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5964 return;
5965 }
5966 # endif
5967 #endif
5968 }
5969 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5970
5971 /* Allow aliases to aliases. */
5972 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5973 cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5974 else
5975 varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5976
5977 /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
5978 alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
5979 if (symtab->global_info_ready)
5980 target_decl = find_decl (target);
5981 else
5982 target_decl= NULL;
5983 if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
5984 || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
5985 do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
5986 else
5987 {
5988 alias_pair p = {decl, target};
5989 vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
5990 }
5991 }
5992
5993 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
5994 to its transaction aware clone. Note that tm_pure functions are
5995 considered to be their own clone. */
5996
5997 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
5998 {
5999 static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
6000 static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
6001
6002 static int
6003 keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
6004 {
6005 return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
6006 }
6007 };
6008
6009 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
6010
6011 void
6012 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
6013 {
6014 struct tree_map **slot, *h;
6015
6016 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6017 tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
6018
6019 h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
6020 h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6021 h->base.from = o;
6022 h->to = n;
6023
6024 slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
6025 *slot = h;
6026 }
6027
6028 tree
6029 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
6030 {
6031 if (tm_clone_hash)
6032 {
6033 struct tree_map *h, in;
6034
6035 in.base.from = o;
6036 in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6037 h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
6038 if (h)
6039 return h->to;
6040 }
6041 return NULL_TREE;
6042 }
6043
6044 struct tm_alias_pair
6045 {
6046 unsigned int uid;
6047 tree from;
6048 tree to;
6049 };
6050
6051
6052 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section. */
6053
6054 static void
6055 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6056 {
6057 unsigned i;
6058 tm_alias_pair *p;
6059 bool switched = false;
6060
6061 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6062 {
6063 tree src = p->from;
6064 tree dst = p->to;
6065 struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6066 struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6067
6068 /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6069 the original function was needed. But we also mark the clone as
6070 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6071 TM_GETTMCLONE. If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6072 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6073 in the clone table. */
6074 if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6075 continue;
6076
6077 /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6078 function away, and only access the transactional clone. */
6079 if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6080 continue;
6081
6082 if (!switched)
6083 {
6084 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6085 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6086 switched = true;
6087 }
6088
6089 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6090 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6091 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6092 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6093 }
6094 }
6095
6096 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section. */
6097
6098 section *
6099 default_clone_table_section (void)
6100 {
6101 return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6102 }
6103
6104 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6105 alias_pair->emitted_diags. */
6106
6107 static int
6108 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6109 {
6110 const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6111 const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6112 if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6113 return -1;
6114 if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6115 return 1;
6116 return 0;
6117 }
6118
6119 void
6120 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6121 {
6122 vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6123
6124 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6125 return;
6126
6127 /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6128 we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6129 to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector. */
6130
6131 /* Dump the hashtable to a vector. */
6132 tree_map *map;
6133 hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6134 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6135 {
6136 tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6137 tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6138 }
6139 /* Sort it. */
6140 tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6141
6142 /* Dump it. */
6143 dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6144
6145 tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6146 tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6147 tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6148 }
6149
6150
6151 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6152 the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
6153
6154 void
6155 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6156 int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6157 {
6158 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6159 static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6160 NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6161 };
6162
6163 const char *name, *type;
6164 tree id;
6165
6166 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6167 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6168 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6169
6170 type = visibility_types[vis];
6171
6172 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6173 assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6174 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6175 #else
6176 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6177 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6178 "in this configuration; ignored");
6179 #endif
6180 }
6181
6182 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
6183
6184 int
6185 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6186 {
6187 enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6188 if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6189 {
6190 targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6191 return 1;
6192 }
6193 else
6194 return 0;
6195 }
6196
6197 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6198 so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6199 multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6200 a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
6201
6202 int
6203 supports_one_only (void)
6204 {
6205 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6206 return 1;
6207 return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6208 }
6209
6210 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6211 translation units without generating a linker error. */
6212
6213 void
6214 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6215 {
6216 struct symtab_node *symbol;
6217 gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6218
6219 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6220
6221 if (VAR_P (decl))
6222 symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6223 else
6224 symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6225
6226 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6227 {
6228 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6229 MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6230 #endif
6231 symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6232 }
6233 else if (VAR_P (decl)
6234 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6235 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6236 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6237 else
6238 {
6239 gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6240 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6241 }
6242 }
6243
6244 void
6245 init_varasm_once (void)
6246 {
6247 section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6248 object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6249 const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6250
6251 shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6252
6253 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6254 text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6255 TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6256 #endif
6257
6258 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6259 data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6260 DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6261 #endif
6262
6263 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6264 sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6265 SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6266 #endif
6267
6268 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6269 readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6270 READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6271 #endif
6272
6273 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6274 ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6275 CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6276 #endif
6277
6278 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6279 dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6280 DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6281 #endif
6282
6283 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6284 bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6285 output_section_asm_op,
6286 BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6287 #endif
6288
6289 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6290 sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6291 output_section_asm_op,
6292 SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6293 #endif
6294
6295 tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6296 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6297 lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6298 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6299 comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6300 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6301
6302 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6303 bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6304 emit_bss);
6305 #endif
6306
6307 targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6308
6309 if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6310 readonly_data_section = text_section;
6311
6312 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6313 pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6314 #endif
6315 }
6316
6317 enum tls_model
6318 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6319 {
6320 enum tls_model kind;
6321 bool is_local;
6322
6323 is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6324 if (!flag_shlib)
6325 {
6326 if (is_local)
6327 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6328 else
6329 kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6330 }
6331
6332 /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6333 parts of the address. */
6334 else if (optimize && is_local)
6335 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6336 else
6337 kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6338 if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6339 kind = flag_tls_default;
6340
6341 return kind;
6342 }
6343
6344 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6345 of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6346 might contain runtime relocations.
6347
6348 We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6349 read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
6350
6351 unsigned int
6352 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6353 {
6354 unsigned int flags;
6355
6356 if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6357 flags = SECTION_CODE;
6358 else if (decl)
6359 {
6360 enum section_category category
6361 = categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6362 if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6363 flags = 0;
6364 else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6365 || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6366 flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6367 else
6368 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6369 }
6370 else
6371 {
6372 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6373 if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6374 || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6375 flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6376 }
6377
6378 if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6379 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6380
6381 if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6382 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6383
6384 if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6385 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6386
6387 if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6388 || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6389 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6390 || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6391 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6392 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6393 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6394 flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6395
6396 if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6397 || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6398 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6399 flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6400
6401 if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6402 || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6403 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6404 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6405
6406 /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6407 assign by default based on the name. They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6408 nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6409 section type (@progbits or @nobits). Rather than duplicating the
6410 assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6411 let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6412 reason to set it to something other than the default. SHT_PROGBITS
6413 is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6414 the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6415 assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use. If
6416 someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6417 these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6418
6419 default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6420 LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic. */
6421 if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6422 && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6423 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6424
6425 return flags;
6426 }
6427
6428 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6429 either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6430 section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
6431
6432 bool
6433 have_global_bss_p (void)
6434 {
6435 return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6436 }
6437
6438 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6439 Four variants for common object file formats. */
6440
6441 void
6442 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6443 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6444 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6445 {
6446 /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
6447 front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
6448 gcc_unreachable ();
6449 }
6450
6451 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6452 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6453 #endif
6454
6455 void
6456 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6457 tree decl)
6458 {
6459 char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6460 unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6461
6462 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6463 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6464 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6465 declaration every time. */
6466 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6467 && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6468 {
6469 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6470 return;
6471 }
6472
6473 /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6474 this on to GAS. */
6475 if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6476 snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6477 else
6478 {
6479 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6480 *f++ = 'a';
6481 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6482 if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6483 *f++ = 'e';
6484 #endif
6485 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6486 *f++ = 'w';
6487 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6488 *f++ = 'x';
6489 if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6490 *f++ = 's';
6491 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6492 *f++ = 'M';
6493 if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6494 *f++ = 'S';
6495 if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6496 *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6497 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6498 *f++ = 'G';
6499 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6500 if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6501 *f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6502 #endif
6503 *f = '\0';
6504 }
6505
6506 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6507
6508 /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6509 handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6510 assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6511 section names. */
6512 if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6513 {
6514 const char *type;
6515 const char *format;
6516
6517 if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6518 type = "nobits";
6519 else
6520 type = "progbits";
6521
6522 format = ",@%s";
6523 /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6524 use "%" instead. */
6525 if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6526 format = ",%%%s";
6527 fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6528
6529 if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6530 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6531 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6532 {
6533 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6534 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6535 else
6536 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6537 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6538 }
6539 }
6540
6541 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6542 }
6543
6544 void
6545 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6546 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6547 {
6548 char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6549
6550 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6551 *f++ = 'w';
6552 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6553 *f++ = 'x';
6554 *f = '\0';
6555
6556 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6557 }
6558
6559 void
6560 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6561 tree decl)
6562 {
6563 default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6564
6565 if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6566 {
6567 /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6568 optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6569 Instead, have the linker pick one. */
6570 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6571 (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6572 }
6573 }
6574 \f
6575 /* The lame default section selector. */
6576
6577 section *
6578 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6579 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6580 {
6581 if (DECL_P (decl))
6582 {
6583 if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6584 return readonly_data_section;
6585 }
6586 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6587 {
6588 if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6589 || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6590 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6591 || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6592 return readonly_data_section;
6593 }
6594 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6595 return readonly_data_section;
6596 else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6597 return readonly_data_section;
6598
6599 return data_section;
6600 }
6601
6602 enum section_category
6603 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6604 {
6605 enum section_category ret;
6606
6607 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6608 return SECCAT_TEXT;
6609 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6610 {
6611 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6612 && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6613 /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6614 return SECCAT_RODATA;
6615 else
6616 return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6617 }
6618 else if (VAR_P (decl))
6619 {
6620 tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6621 if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6622 ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6623 else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6624 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6625 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6626 && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6627 {
6628 /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6629 be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6630 do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6631 minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
6632 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6633 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6634 else
6635 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6636 }
6637 else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6638 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6639 else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6640 || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6641 /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6642 need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6643 inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6644 we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6645 section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6646 protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6647 calls. In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6648 alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6649 false positives. */
6650 && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6651 && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6652 /* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6653 location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6654 expense of not conforming). */
6655 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6656 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6657 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6658 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6659 else
6660 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6661 }
6662 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6663 {
6664 if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6665 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6666 || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6667 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6668 else
6669 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6670 }
6671 else
6672 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6673
6674 /* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
6675 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6676 {
6677 /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6678 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
6679 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6680 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6681 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6682 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6683 ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6684 else
6685 ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6686 }
6687
6688 /* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
6689 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6690 {
6691 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6692 ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6693 else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6694 ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6695 else
6696 ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6697 }
6698
6699 return ret;
6700 }
6701
6702 static bool
6703 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6704 {
6705 switch (category)
6706 {
6707 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6708 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6709 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6710 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6711 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6712 return true;
6713 default:
6714 return false;
6715 }
6716 }
6717
6718 bool
6719 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6720 {
6721 return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6722 }
6723
6724 /* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
6725
6726 section *
6727 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6728 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6729 {
6730 const char *sname;
6731 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6732 {
6733 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6734 /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
6735 gcc_unreachable ();
6736 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6737 return readonly_data_section;
6738 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6739 return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6740 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6741 return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6742 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6743 return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6744 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6745 sname = ".sdata2";
6746 break;
6747 case SECCAT_DATA:
6748 return data_section;
6749 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6750 sname = ".data.rel";
6751 break;
6752 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6753 sname = ".data.rel.local";
6754 break;
6755 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6756 sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6757 break;
6758 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6759 sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6760 break;
6761 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6762 sname = ".sdata";
6763 break;
6764 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6765 sname = ".tdata";
6766 break;
6767 case SECCAT_BSS:
6768 if (bss_section)
6769 return bss_section;
6770 sname = ".bss";
6771 break;
6772 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6773 sname = ".sbss";
6774 break;
6775 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6776 sname = ".tbss";
6777 break;
6778 default:
6779 gcc_unreachable ();
6780 }
6781
6782 return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6783 }
6784
6785 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6786 categorization performed above. */
6787
6788 void
6789 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6790 {
6791 /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
6792 bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6793 const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6794 char *string;
6795 tree id;
6796
6797 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6798 {
6799 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6800 prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6801 break;
6802 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6803 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6804 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6805 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6806 prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6807 break;
6808 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6809 prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6810 break;
6811 case SECCAT_DATA:
6812 prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6813 break;
6814 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6815 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6816 break;
6817 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6818 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6819 break;
6820 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6821 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6822 break;
6823 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6824 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6825 break;
6826 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6827 prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6828 break;
6829 case SECCAT_BSS:
6830 prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6831 break;
6832 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6833 prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6834 break;
6835 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6836 prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6837 break;
6838 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6839 prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6840 break;
6841 default:
6842 gcc_unreachable ();
6843 }
6844
6845 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6846 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6847 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6848 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6849
6850 /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6851 prefix to the section name. */
6852 linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6853
6854 string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6855
6856 set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6857 }
6858
6859 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes. */
6860
6861 static int
6862 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6863 {
6864 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6865 {
6866 case SYMBOL_REF:
6867 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6868 case LABEL_REF:
6869 return 1;
6870 default:
6871 return 0;
6872 }
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
6876 is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6877 indicates a local relocation. */
6878
6879 static int
6880 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6881 {
6882 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6883 {
6884 case SYMBOL_REF:
6885 case LABEL_REF:
6886 return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6887
6888 case CONST:
6889 {
6890 int reloc = 0;
6891 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6892 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6893 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6894 return reloc;
6895 }
6896
6897 default:
6898 return 0;
6899 }
6900 }
6901
6902 section *
6903 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6904 rtx x,
6905 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6906 {
6907 if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6908 return data_section;
6909 else
6910 return readonly_data_section;
6911 }
6912
6913 section *
6914 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6915 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6916 {
6917 int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6918
6919 /* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
6920
6921 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6922 {
6923 if (reloc == 1)
6924 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6925 else
6926 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6927 }
6928
6929 return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6930 }
6931
6932 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
6933
6934 void
6935 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6936 {
6937 rtx symbol;
6938 int flags;
6939
6940 /* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
6941 if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6942 return;
6943 symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6944 if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6945 return;
6946
6947 flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6948 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6949 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6950 if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6951 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6952 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6953 flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6954 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6955 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6956 /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
6957 being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6958 Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
6959 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6960 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6961
6962 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6963 }
6964
6965 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6966 do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
6967
6968 const char *
6969 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
6970 {
6971 return str + (*str == '*');
6972 }
6973
6974 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
6975 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
6976 anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
6977
6978 void
6979 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
6980 {
6981 char buffer[100];
6982
6983 sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
6984 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
6985 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
6986 }
6987 #endif
6988
6989 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
6990
6991 bool
6992 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
6993 {
6994 section *sect;
6995 tree decl;
6996
6997 /* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections. The linker might move
6998 the objects around. */
6999 sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
7000 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
7001 return false;
7002
7003 /* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
7004 acts as an anchor for such sections. */
7005 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
7006 return false;
7007
7008 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7009 if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
7010 {
7011 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
7012 usurped by other modules. */
7013 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
7014 return false;
7015
7016 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
7017 small data section. */
7018 /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
7019 one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
7020 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
7021 if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7022 return false;
7023
7024 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
7025 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
7026 to the entire declaration. */
7027 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
7028 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7029 || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7030 >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
7031 return false;
7032
7033 }
7034 return true;
7035 }
7036
7037 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
7038 definition provided by current .o file. */
7039
7040 static bool
7041 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7042 {
7043 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7044 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7045 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7046 }
7047
7048 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7049 within current executable or DSO. */
7050
7051 static bool
7052 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7053 {
7054 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7055 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7056 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7057 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7058 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7059 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7060 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7061 }
7062
7063 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7064 uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7065 (through COPY relocation) in the executable. */
7066
7067 bool
7068 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7069 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7070 {
7071 /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
7072 if (!DECL_P (exp))
7073 return true;
7074
7075 /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7076 static and therefore local. Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7077 might resolve to a non-local function.
7078 FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7079 weakref alias. */
7080 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7081 || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7082 && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7083 && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7084 return false;
7085
7086 /* Static variables are always local. */
7087 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7088 return true;
7089
7090 /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7091 We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7092 because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7093 in shared libraries. */
7094 bool resolved_locally = false;
7095
7096 bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7097 && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7098 || (!in_lto_p
7099 && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7100
7101 /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7102 uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true. */
7103 bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7104 && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7105 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7106 {
7107 if (node->in_other_partition)
7108 defined_locally = true;
7109 if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7110 ;
7111 else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7112 defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7113 else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7114 resolved_locally = true;
7115 }
7116 if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7117 resolved_locally = true;
7118
7119 /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally. */
7120 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7121 return false;
7122
7123 /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7124 or if we have a definition for the symbol. We cannot infer visibility
7125 for undefined symbols. */
7126 if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7127 && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7128 || !extern_protected_data
7129 || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7130 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7131 return true;
7132
7133 /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7134 symbols resolved from other modules. */
7135 if (shlib)
7136 return false;
7137
7138 /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
7139 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7140 return false;
7141
7142 /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally. */
7143 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7144 return false;
7145
7146 /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7147 resolved from other modules. */
7148 if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7149 return false;
7150
7151 /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7152 which is of necessity defined locally. */
7153 return true;
7154 }
7155
7156 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7157 wrt cross-module name binding. */
7158
7159 bool
7160 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7161 {
7162 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7163 }
7164
7165 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7166 extern protected data is non-local. */
7167
7168 bool
7169 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7170 {
7171 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7172 !flag_pic);
7173 }
7174
7175 bool
7176 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7177 {
7178 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7179 }
7180
7181 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7182 final executable.
7183
7184 The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7185 current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7186 We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7187 the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7188 decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p. In particular
7189 the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7190 definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7191 we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin. */
7192 bool
7193 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7194 {
7195 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7196 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7197 return false;
7198 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7199 return true;
7200
7201 /* When resolution is available, just use it. */
7202 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7203 {
7204 if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7205 && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7206 return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7207 }
7208
7209 /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7210 binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7211 with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7212 DECL_EXTERNAL.
7213 This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7214 for all other declaration types. */
7215 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7216 return false;
7217 if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7218 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7219 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7220 return false;
7221 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7222 return false;
7223 return true;
7224 }
7225
7226 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7227 at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7228 replacement has the same type. For example, functions declared
7229 with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7230
7231 COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7232 function must be equivalent. It is important that COMDAT functions
7233 not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7234 instantiations is not penalized. */
7235
7236 bool
7237 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7238 {
7239 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7240 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7241 return false;
7242 if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7243 && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7244 return false;
7245 return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7246 }
7247
7248 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
7249 target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7250 globalize a label. */
7251 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7252 void
7253 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7254 {
7255 fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7256 assemble_name (stream, name);
7257 putc ('\n', stream);
7258 }
7259 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7260
7261 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
7262 void
7263 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7264 {
7265 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7266 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7267 }
7268
7269 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
7270 default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7271 unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
7272 void
7273 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7274 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7275 int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7276 int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7277 {
7278 }
7279
7280 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7281 The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
7282 up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
7283 void
7284 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7285 {
7286 }
7287
7288 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7289 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7290
7291 void
7292 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7293 unsigned long labelno)
7294 {
7295 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7296 }
7297
7298 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7299 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7300
7301 void
7302 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7303 unsigned long labelno)
7304 {
7305 char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7306 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7307 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7308 }
7309
7310
7311 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME. */
7312
7313 void
7314 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7315 const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7316 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7317 {
7318 assemble_label (file, name);
7319 }
7320
7321 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
7322 controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
7323 void
7324 default_file_start (void)
7325 {
7326 if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7327 && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7328 fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7329
7330 if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7331 {
7332 /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename. */
7333 if (in_lto_p)
7334 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7335 else
7336 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7337 }
7338 }
7339
7340 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7341 which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7342 not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
7343 a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
7344
7345 int trampolines_created;
7346
7347 void
7348 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7349 {
7350 unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7351 if (trampolines_created)
7352 flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7353
7354 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7355 }
7356
7357 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7358 was compiled with -fsplit-stack. This is used to let the linker
7359 detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7360 that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7361 large stack. We emit another special section if there are any
7362 functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7363 prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7364 functions if they call non-split-stack code. */
7365
7366 void
7367 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7368 {
7369 if (flag_split_stack)
7370 {
7371 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7372 NULL));
7373 if (saw_no_split_stack)
7374 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7375 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7376 }
7377 }
7378
7379 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
7380 a get_unnamed_section callback. */
7381
7382 void
7383 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7384 {
7385 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7386 }
7387
7388 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
7389 the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
7390
7391 void
7392 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7393 {
7394 if (in_section == new_section)
7395 return;
7396
7397 if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7398 in_section = NULL;
7399 else
7400 in_section = new_section;
7401
7402 switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7403 {
7404 case SECTION_NAMED:
7405 targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7406 new_section->named.common.flags,
7407 new_section->named.decl);
7408 break;
7409
7410 case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7411 new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7412 break;
7413
7414 case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7415 gcc_unreachable ();
7416 break;
7417 }
7418
7419 new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7420 }
7421
7422 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7423 it at the end of its block. */
7424
7425 void
7426 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7427 {
7428 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7429 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7430 unsigned int alignment;
7431 struct object_block *block;
7432 tree decl;
7433
7434 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7435 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7436 return;
7437
7438 /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
7439 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7440 {
7441 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7442 alignment = desc->align;
7443 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7444 }
7445 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7446 {
7447 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7448 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7449 alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7450 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7451 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7452 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7453 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7454 {
7455 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7456 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7457 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7458 }
7459 }
7460 else
7461 {
7462 struct symtab_node *snode;
7463 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7464
7465 snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7466 if (snode->alias)
7467 {
7468 rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7469
7470 gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7471 && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7472 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7473 target = XEXP (target, 0);
7474 place_block_symbol (target);
7475 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7476 return;
7477 }
7478 alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7479 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7480 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7481 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7482 {
7483 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7484 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7485 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7486 }
7487 }
7488
7489 /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
7490 block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7491 mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7492 offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7493 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7494
7495 /* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
7496 block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7497 block->size = offset + size;
7498
7499 vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7500 }
7501
7502 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7503 from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
7504 to access it. */
7505
7506 rtx
7507 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7508 enum tls_model model)
7509 {
7510 char label[100];
7511 unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7512 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7513 rtx anchor;
7514
7515 /* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
7516 anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7517 of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
7518 useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7519
7520 We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7521 anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7522 a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
7523 anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7524 likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
7525 at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7526
7527 All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7528 signed overflow. */
7529 max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7530 min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7531 range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7532 if (range == 0)
7533 offset = 0;
7534 else
7535 {
7536 bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7537 if (offset < 0)
7538 {
7539 delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7540 delta -= delta % range;
7541 if (delta > bias)
7542 delta = bias;
7543 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7544 }
7545 else
7546 {
7547 delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7548 delta -= delta % range;
7549 if (delta > bias - 1)
7550 delta = bias - 1;
7551 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7552 }
7553 }
7554
7555 /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7556 Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
7557 begin = 0;
7558 end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7559 while (begin != end)
7560 {
7561 middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7562 anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7563 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7564 end = middle;
7565 else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7566 begin = middle + 1;
7567 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7568 end = middle;
7569 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7570 begin = middle + 1;
7571 else
7572 return anchor;
7573 }
7574
7575 /* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
7576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7577 anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7578 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7579 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7580
7581 /* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
7582 vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7583 return anchor;
7584 }
7585
7586 /* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
7587
7588 static void
7589 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7590 {
7591 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7592 unsigned int i;
7593 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7594 tree decl;
7595 rtx symbol;
7596
7597 if (!block->objects)
7598 return;
7599
7600 /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7601 suitably aligned. */
7602 /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable. */
7603 if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7604 && block->sect->named.name
7605 && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7606 handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7607 else
7608 switch_to_section (block->sect);
7609
7610 assemble_align (block->alignment);
7611
7612 /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7613 position. */
7614 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7615 targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7616
7617 /* Output the objects themselves. */
7618 offset = 0;
7619 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7620 {
7621 /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
7622 assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7623 offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7624 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7625 {
7626 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7627 /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7628 So aligning shouldn't be necessary. */
7629 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7630 offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7631 }
7632 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7633 {
7634 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7635 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7636 assemble_constant_contents (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0),
7637 DECL_ALIGN (decl), false);
7638
7639 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7640 offset += size;
7641 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7642 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7643 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7644 {
7645 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7646 assemble_zeros (size);
7647 offset += size;
7648 }
7649 }
7650 else
7651 {
7652 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7653 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7654 assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false, false);
7655 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7656 offset += size;
7657 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7658 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7659 {
7660 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7661 assemble_zeros (size);
7662 offset += size;
7663 }
7664 }
7665 }
7666 }
7667
7668 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks. */
7669
7670 static int
7671 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7672 {
7673 object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7674 object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7675
7676 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7677 && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7678 return 1;
7679
7680 if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7681 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7682 return -1;
7683
7684 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7685 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7686 return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7687
7688 unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7689 unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7690 if (f1 == f2)
7691 return 0;
7692 return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
7696
7697 void
7698 output_object_blocks (void)
7699 {
7700 vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7701 v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7702 object_block *obj;
7703 hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7704
7705 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7706 v.quick_push (obj);
7707
7708 /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7709 otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7710 and without -g. */
7711 v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7712 unsigned i;
7713 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7714 output_object_block (obj);
7715
7716 v.release ();
7717 }
7718
7719 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7720 TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
7721 by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7722 assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7723 contains the switches in ASCII format.
7724
7725 FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7726 that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7727 FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7728 characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
7729 we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7730 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
7731
7732 int
7733 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7734 {
7735 switch (type)
7736 {
7737 case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7738 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7739 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7740 break;
7741
7742 case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7743 if (name == NULL)
7744 {
7745 /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
7746 static bool started = false;
7747
7748 if (!started)
7749 {
7750 section * sec;
7751
7752 sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7753 SECTION_DEBUG
7754 | SECTION_MERGE
7755 | SECTION_STRINGS
7756 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7757 NULL);
7758 switch_to_section (sec);
7759 started = true;
7760 }
7761 }
7762
7763 default:
7764 break;
7765 }
7766
7767 /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7768 For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7769 emitted into the assembler file. */
7770 return 0;
7771 }
7772
7773 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7774 properly support non-default visibility. */
7775 void
7776 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7777 tree decl,
7778 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7779 {
7780 /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7781 set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7782 used. Always output visibility specified in the source. */
7783 if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7784 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7785 || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7786 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7787 }
7788
7789 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME. */
7790
7791 void
7792 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7793 {
7794 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7795 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7796 #else
7797 fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7798 output_quoted_string (file, name);
7799 putc ('\n', file);
7800 #endif
7801 }
7802
7803 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V. */
7804
7805 void
7806 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7807 {
7808 int len;
7809 const char *na;
7810
7811 if (input_name == NULL)
7812 input_name = "<stdin>";
7813 else
7814 input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7815
7816 len = strlen (input_name);
7817 na = input_name + len;
7818
7819 /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names. */
7820 while (na > input_name)
7821 {
7822 if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7823 break;
7824 na--;
7825 }
7826
7827 targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7828 }
7829
7830 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7831 EXP. */
7832 rtx
7833 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7834 {
7835 tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7836 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7837 rtx dval;
7838
7839 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7840 if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7841 type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7842 else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7843 type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7844 else
7845 type = NULL_TREE;
7846 if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7847 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7848 else
7849 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7850 SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7851 dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7852 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7853 SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7854 return dval;
7855 }
7856
7857 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7858 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets. */
7859
7860 void
7861 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7862 {
7863 int escape;
7864 unsigned char c;
7865
7866 fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7867 putc ('"', f);
7868 while (*s != '\0')
7869 {
7870 c = *s;
7871 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7872 switch (escape)
7873 {
7874 case 0:
7875 putc (c, f);
7876 break;
7877 case 1:
7878 putc ('\\', f);
7879 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7880 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7881 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7882 break;
7883 default:
7884 putc ('\\', f);
7885 putc (escape, f);
7886 break;
7887 }
7888 s++;
7889 }
7890 putc ('\"', f);
7891 putc ('\n', f);
7892 }
7893
7894 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets. */
7895
7896 void
7897 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7898 {
7899 const char *limit = s + len;
7900 const char *last_null = NULL;
7901 unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7902 unsigned char c;
7903 int escape;
7904
7905 for (; s < limit; s++)
7906 {
7907 const char *p;
7908
7909 if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7910 {
7911 putc ('\"', f);
7912 putc ('\n', f);
7913 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7914 }
7915
7916 if (s > last_null)
7917 {
7918 for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7919 continue;
7920 last_null = p;
7921 }
7922 else
7923 p = last_null;
7924
7925 if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7926 {
7927 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7928 {
7929 putc ('\"', f);
7930 putc ('\n', f);
7931 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7932 }
7933
7934 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7935 s = p;
7936 }
7937 else
7938 {
7939 if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7940 fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7941
7942 c = *s;
7943 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7944 switch (escape)
7945 {
7946 case 0:
7947 putc (c, f);
7948 bytes_in_chunk++;
7949 break;
7950 case 1:
7951 putc ('\\', f);
7952 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7953 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7954 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7955 bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7956 break;
7957 default:
7958 putc ('\\', f);
7959 putc (escape, f);
7960 bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7961 break;
7962 }
7963
7964 }
7965 }
7966
7967 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7968 {
7969 putc ('\"', f);
7970 putc ('\n', f);
7971 }
7972 }
7973 #endif
7974
7975 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
7976 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
7977
7978 static section *
7979 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
7980 bool constructor_p)
7981 {
7982 section *sec;
7983 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
7984 {
7985 char buf[18];
7986 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
7987 constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
7988 priority);
7989 sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7990 }
7991 else
7992 {
7993 if (constructor_p)
7994 {
7995 if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
7996 elf_init_array_section
7997 = get_section (".init_array",
7998 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7999 sec = elf_init_array_section;
8000 }
8001 else
8002 {
8003 if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
8004 elf_fini_array_section
8005 = get_section (".fini_array",
8006 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8007 sec = elf_fini_array_section;
8008 }
8009 }
8010 return sec;
8011 }
8012
8013 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
8014
8015 void
8016 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8017 {
8018 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8019 true);
8020 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8021 }
8022
8023 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
8024
8025 void
8026 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8027 {
8028 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8029 false);
8030 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8031 }
8032
8033 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
8034
8035 This is a bit of a cheat. The real default is a no-op, but this
8036 hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive. */
8037
8038 void
8039 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
8040 {
8041 const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
8042
8043 /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8044 to asm_out_file. Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8045 This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8046 writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident. */
8047 if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8048 {
8049 char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8050 symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8051 }
8052 else
8053 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8054 }
8055
8056
8057 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8058 in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8059 comdat name. Without this the variables end up in the same section
8060 with a single comdat name.
8061
8062 FIXME: resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8063 decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY. Once
8064 that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8065 a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)". */
8066
8067 static void
8068 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8069 {
8070 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8071 targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8072 sect->named.common.flags
8073 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8074 DECL_NAME (decl));
8075 in_section = sect;
8076 #else
8077 /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8078 Therefore the following check is used.
8079 In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8080 is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8081 everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8082
8083 A fix could be made in
8084 gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section. */
8085 if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8086 {
8087 char *name;
8088
8089 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8090 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8091 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8092 else
8093 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8094 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8095 NULL));
8096
8097 targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8098 sect->named.common.flags
8099 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8100 DECL_NAME (decl));
8101 in_section = sect;
8102 }
8103 else
8104 switch_to_section (sect);
8105 #endif
8106 }
8107
8108 #include "gt-varasm.h"